NEMA Standards Publication No. WC 7-1992 ICEA Publication No.

S-66-524
Revision No. 3, December, 1996

CQSS-LINKED-THERMOSET7-lNG-PQLYETHYLENE-INSULATED WIRE ANDCABLE FOR THE TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY

Prepared and Sponsored by:

Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc. P.O. Box 440 South Yarmouth. MA 02664
Approved and Published by:

National Electrical Manufacturers Association

1300 North 17th Street

Rosslyn, VA 22209

O Copyright 1998 by the National Electrical Manufacturers Association and the Insulated Cable

the Engineers Association. All rights including translation into other languages, reserved under Universal Copyright Convention, the Berne Convention for the Protection of Literary and Artistic Works, and the International and Pan American Copyright Conventions.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

STDONEMA WC 7-ENGL L98d

6470247 0513794 724

NEMA STANDARDS PUBLICATION NO. WC 7-1988/ICEA S-66-524

CROSS-LINKED-THERMOSETVING-POLYETHYLENE-INSULATED WIRE AND CABLE FOR THE TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTIONOF ELECTRICAL ENERGY
Revision No.2, July 16, 1992

Approved by Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc.

Publish& by:
National Electrical ManufacturersAssociation 2101 L Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20037-1526

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

S T D - N E M A WC 7 - E N G L L S B B

6 4 7 0 2 4 7 0533775 b b O National Electrical Manufacturers Association 2101 L Street, N.W., Suite 300 Washington, DC 20037 (202) 457-8400 Telex 904077 NEMA WSH

March I, 1 9 9 3

TO: All known h o l d e r s of WC 7-1988

FROM: S t a n d a r dP s u b l i c a t i oE nditor
'

SUBJECT: R e v i s i o n 2 of NEMA S t a n d a r d s P u b l i c a t i o n

No. WC 7

E n c l o s e dp l e a s ef i n d WC 7 - 1 9 8 8R e v i s i o n 3 . P l e a s e follow t h e d i r e c t i o n sb e l o wt ob r i n gy o u r c o p y o f WC 7-1988 up t o date. the r e v i s i o n was a p p r o v e do nJ u l y 16, 1 9 9 2 .

REMOVE
Title page Table of C o n t e n t s pages 11-14 page 3 5 / 3 6

p a g e s4 7 / 4 8 p a g e s 81-84 p a g e s 99-102

REPLACE T i t l e page Table o f C o n t e n t s pages 1 1 - 1 4 page 35/36 pages 4 7 / 4 8 pages 81-84

pages 99-102

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

ICEA Pub. No. S66-524 NEMA WC 7-1988

WC 7

CROSS-LINKE#-THERMOSE7TlNG-POLYETHYLENE-INSULATED WIRE AN# CABLEFOR THE TRANSMISSION AN# DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY

Revision No. 1 - September 1991

(This publication supercedes ICEA Publication No. S-66-524 (Second Edition) andNEMA Publication No. WC 7-1982) Approved by Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc.
Prior to publication, all NEMA StandardsandAuthorizedEngineeringInformationthat n WC 7-1982 (or in interim appear in this publication unchanged since their appearance i revisions 1 through 4) were reaffirmedby the National Electrical Manufacturers Association.

Published by:
National Electrical Manufacturers Association 2101 L Street, N.W., Suite 300 Washington, DC 20037

O 1991 National Electrical Manufacturers Association

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC

NEMA STANDARDS PUBLICATION NO. WC 7 ICEA PUBLICATION NO. S-66-524

NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION 2101 L STREET, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20037 INSULATED CABLE ENGINEERS ASSOCIATION W PO BOX P, SOUTH YARMOUTH, MA 02664
COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

TABLE OF CONTENTS
FOREWORD
Section 1
.

.........................................

-9. i

GENERAL
Sc0pe

Section 2

General Information ...................................... Information to be Suppiied by the Purchaser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Characteristicsof System on WhichCable is to be U s e d .................. Quantities and Description of Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONDUCTORS

..............................................

1 1 1

1 1

Section 3

Wires. Physical and Electrical Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copperwires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aluminum Wms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solid Conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stranded Conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Conductor Size U n i t s ..................................... Conductor DC ResistancePerUnit of Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DirectMeasurement of DC ResistancePer Unit Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calculation of DC ResistancePer Unit Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Conductor Diameter ...................................... Stress Control Layer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INSULATION Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Insulation Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Three-phax Systemswith 100 or 133 PercentInsulationLevel ............ Delta Systems Rated Where One LegMay Be Grounded for Periods over 1 Hour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-andTwo-phaseSystemswith100and 133 Percent Insulation Level . . . . . . Direct Current Systems .................................. InsulationThickness for SubmarinePowerCable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Insulation CIasses and Classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voltage Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Insulation Resistance Constants ............................... Insulation for Cables R a d O through 2000 W t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical and Aging Requirements ............................. Elecaical Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VoltageTests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Insulation Resistance Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accelerated Water Absorption Requirements ........................ Insulation for Cables Rated 2001 Volts and Above . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical and Aging Requirements ............................. Electrical Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . k l u g e Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Insulation Resistance T e s t. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Partial-dischargeExtinction Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Additional Requirements .................................. U-Bend Discharge ....................................

2 2 2 2 3 3

3 3 3 3
4

11 11

11
11

11 11 11 11
11

11
11
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14

15 15 15

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

. . .. .

"

" "

Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BoreholeCable(SuspendedatOne End Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Annor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S i z e of Armor Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

h g .

Dredgecable

............................................ ........................................ Armor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SizeofArmorWire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PitchRatio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shaftcable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VerticalRiserCable(Suspendedat One EndOnly) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nonsheathed Cable for 1n:Wation [Link] Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Amor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Size of Armor Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Size of Armor W m for Sheathed Vemcal Riser Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wie Band Serving ..................................... DIWSIOH III-ROUSD WIREARMOR FOR BURIED CABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lay
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Armor Wire and Jute (Sheathed and Nonsheathed Cables) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 33 33 33 33 33 33 34 34 34
34

Section 5

ASSEMBLY. [Link] CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION

Section 6

Assembly of Multiple-Conductor Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiple-Conductor Round Cables .............................. Rat Twin Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fille. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Conductor Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........................................ Power Cables Control Cables (Deleted) .................................. TESTING AND TEST METHODS Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tesrs on Samples ........................................ .................................... Conductor Test Methods Determination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Method for DC Resistance M e h d s for Cross-Sectional Area Determinarion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cross-sectionalArea by Diameter Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cross-sectionalArea by Weight ............................. Methods for Diamew Determination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diameter by Micrometer Measurement ......................... Diameter by Tape Measurement ............................. T e s t Samples and Specimens for Physical and AgingTest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Number ofThickness Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MeasurementofThickness ................................. Micrometer Measurements Microscope Measurements Sampling of Insulation far Physical and Aging T e s t s Sampling of Jacket for Physical and Aging Tem NumberofTest Specimens ................................. SizeofSpecimens Preparation of Specimens of Insulationand Jacket ..................... SpecimenforAccelerated Apng Test ............................

35 35 35 35 35 35 35 36 36 36 36 37 37 37 37 37 37 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38

................................ ................................ .................... ...................... ......................................

40 40
40

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

P . O .

Calculation of Area of TestSpecimens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Test Procedures .................................. Test Temperature ..................................... Type of Testing Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tensile Strength Test ................................... SetTest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elongation Test ...................................... Tensile Suess Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AgingTests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aging Test Specimens .................................. Oxygen Pressure Test ................................... Air Oven Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OilImmersionTest for Cross-linked ~ e r m o s e t Jacket ) ................ OilImmersionTest for Po;yvinyl Chhide Jacket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HotCreepTest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solvent Extraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PhysicalTests for SemiconductingMaterialIntended for Extrusion . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Specimens ...................................... Elongation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Britlleness Test ...................................... Retests for Physicaland Aging PropertiesandThickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Capacity and Power Factor Tests ............................... Accelerated Water Absorption Tests .............................. Test Sample ......................................... Electrical Melhod (EM-60) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thickness of Tapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compound-Filled Tape ................................... Metallic Shielding Tape or S m 1 Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thickness of Metallic Sheaths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thickness of JuteBeddings and Servings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tests for Thermoplastic Jackets ................................ Heatshock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heat Distortion ....................................... Test Specimen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cold Bend .......................................... Environmental Cracking .................................. Test Specimen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AbsorptionCoefficientTest for Jackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tests for Discharge Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specific Surface Resistivity ................................. U-Bend Discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Track Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MethodA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MethodB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WumeResistivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Sample ......................................... Conductor Sm= Control InsulationShield. SmppingTest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rame Test (Deleted) ....................................
General

40

40
40 40

40
41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 43 43 43 43 43 43 43

44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44
45 45 45 45 45 45 45

...........................................

.................................. ......................................

46 46 46 46 46
46 47

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

Generai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extra-Heavy-Duty-NeopreneJacket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-v-Duty Neoprene Jacket ............................. Extra-Heavy-Duty Niaile-Butadiene/Poiyvinyl-Chloride Jacket . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty Niaile-ButadiendPolyvinyI-Chloride Jacket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty Chlomsulfonated Polyethylene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extra-Heavy-Duty Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene [Link]. Cross-linked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extra-Heavy-DutyChlorinatedPolyethylene Cross-linked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ThicknessofJacket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Completed Cable ...................................... OutsideDiamem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diameter Tolerances ................................... Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nonshielded Single-Conductor Power Cable ......................... Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jacket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lengthofby . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC Voltage Test .................................... Insulation Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC Voltage Test .................................... Tests for Discharge Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface Resistivity ................................... U-Bend Discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TrackResistance of NonjacketedCables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MethodA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MehodB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nonshieided Single-Conductor Cable for Series-Lighting Circuits .............. Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

b e r

76 76 76 76 77

..................

77
77 77 78 78 78 78 78 78 78
78 78

79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 80
80

80
80 80 80 80

Voltage Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Insulation Resistance ................................... T e s t s for Discharge Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface Resistivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U-Bend Discharge ................................... Track Resistance .................................... MelhodA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MelhodB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ControlCables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Scope (Deleted) ....................................... Conductors (Deleted) Insulation(De1eted) Covaing over Insulation (Deleted) Conductor Identifiaion @el&) Assembly (Delered) Ovuall Jackeu (kleted) Type D Cables (Deleted) Tests (Deleted) Metal-Clad Cables With Ground Conductor scope Conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cables Rated 2000 Volts o r Less . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cables Rated 2001 W t s andAbove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

T e s t s

.............................................

80 80 80
81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81

.................................... ..................................... ............................. ............................. ..................................... .................................. .................................. ........................................ ......................... ............................................

83 83 83 83 83

....

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

Conductor Stress Control Layer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Insulation Shielding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Covering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Armor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

h g .

83 83 83 83 83 83 83 85 86 87 87 87 87
88

Section a

APPENDICES

MBREVIA~ONS AND SYMBOU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RepresentativeTensileStrength and Elongation of NonmagneticMetals . . . . . . . . . . Definitions for Maximum Temperatureof Conductors in Insuiated Wire and Cable . . . . . Maximum Conductor Temperature-Opeaamg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hAaximum Conductor Temperature-Emeqency Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum Conductor Temperature-Short Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix D ECWGENCY OVERLOADS ................................... Appenlx E NEMA. ICEA. AND ASTM STANDARDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEMA Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ICEA Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASTM Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix F AWACITIES FOR ?\VO-CONDUCTOR CONCEN-IRIC-NEUTRAL SINGLE-PHASE PRIMARY U N D E R G R O U N D RESIDEhTAL DISTRIBLTON CAELES . . . . . . . . . . Appendix F-1 h P A C I T l E S FOR THREE-PHASE UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUIION CABLES . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix G SHIELDING ........................................... Definition of Shielding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functions of Shielding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use of Insulation Shielding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grounding of the Insulation Shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shield Materials ........................................ Splices and Terminations ................................... Appendix H RECOMMESDED BENDING RXDII FOR CABLES ......................... Sc0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pe ........ Shielding Metallic Without Cables Power or Armor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PowerCablesWithMetallicShielding or Armor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interlocked Armored Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flat Tape and Wire Armored Cables ............................ Shielded Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tape Shielded Cables ................................... Wm Shielded Cablcs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Portable Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drum Diameter of Reels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix I AMPACITIES FOR THREE-coNDu~R MINE WER CABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix J AMPACITIES AND VOLTAGE RATINGS OF PORTAELE C A B L E S ................. Ampacities (Current-Carrymg Ampacity in Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tbltage Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deleted Appenhx K Appendix L ADDITIONAL CONDU~ INFORMATION R ...........................

Appendix A Appendix B Appendix C

89 89 89 89
91

91 92 92 92 92 92 92 93 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94

94 96
97 97

97
103

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

Foreword
This Standards Publication for Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy was developed by the Insulated Cable Engineers Association and approved by the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. I C E M M A Standards are adopted in the public interest and are designed to eliminate misunderstanding between the manufacturer and the user and to assist the user in selecting and obtaining the proper productfor his particular need. Existence of an ICEA/NEMA Standard does not in any respect preclude the manufacture of use of products not conforming to the standard. The user of this standard is cautioned to observe anyhealth or safety regulations and rules relative to the manufacture and use of cable made in conformity with this standard. Requests for interpretation of thisStandard must be submitted in writing to the Insulated Cable Engineers Association, P.O. Box P,South Yarmouth, Massachusetts 02664. An official written of this publication interpretationwillbe provided. Suggestionsforimprovements gained theuse in will be welcomed bythe Association.

i
COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

[Link] WC 7-ENGL 1988

647024 07 53376 T4 97

ICEA S-66-524

WC 7-1992 Page 1

CROSS-LINKED-THERMOSETTING-POLYETHYLENE-INSULATED WIRE AND CABLE FOR THE TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY
Section 1 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE These standards apply to materials,constructions, and testing of cross-linked-thermosetting-polyethyleneinsulated wires and cables that are used for the transmission and distribution of electrical energy for normal conditions of installation and service, either indoors, aerial, underground, or submarine.
1.2 GENERAL INFORMATION

These standards cover the requirements for conductors,theinsulationsand protective coverings, and general constructional and dimensional details common to most standard types of wires and cables. Constructions of specific types are covered in Section7. Where a conflict exists between the requirements of Section 7 and those of Sections 1to 6, inclusive, therequirements of Section 7 shall apply. See Appendix E for complete titles and dates of ICEA publications and ASTM Standards to which reference is made in this publication. Insulation thicknessesare designated in terms of cable insulation levels (see 3.2). In classifying jackets and sheaths in these standards, the term jacket refers to a continuous nonmetallic covering and sheath to a continuous metallic covering. In these standards, units are expressed in the English system. For information only, their approximate metric equivalents are included. 1.3.2 Quantities and Description of Cable 1.3INFORMATION TO BE SUPPLIED BY 1 . Total number of feet, including test lengths, and PURCHASER lengths if specific lengths are required. 2. Type of cable. Describe as single conductor, twoWhen requesting proposals from cable manufacconductor flat, two-conductorround, etc. turers, theprospectivepurchasershouldfurnish the 3. Rated circuit voltage,phase-to-phase. followinginformation:(Thisparagraphapproved by 4. Type of conductor - copper or aluminum. NEMA as Authorized Engineering Information.) 5. Size of conductor - AWG or circular mils. If conditions require other than standard stranding, a 1.3.1 Characteristics of System on Which Cable i s to be Used complete description should be given. 6. Insulation. 1. Current - alternating or direct. 7. Thickness of insulation in mils. 2. Frequencyhertz 8. Type of outer covering. 3. Normal operating voltagebetweenphases or, if 9. Maximumallowableoveralldiameterininches. direct current, between conductors. When duct space is not limited, it is desirable not 4. Number of phases and conductors. If series lightto restrict the overall diameter. ing, give open-circuit voltage and state whether 10. Method of conductor identification. system isoperating with or without protectors.

5. Cable insulation level (see 3.2). 6. Minimum temperature at which cable will be instaIIed. 7. Description of installation. a. In buildings. b. Inundergroundducts. c. Aerial. 1. On messenger in metal rings. 2. On messenger with marlin ties. 3. Preassembled. 4. Field spun. d. Direct burial in ground. e. Submarine. f. Descriptions other than the foregoing. 8. Conditions of installations. a. Ambient temperature. b. Number of loadedcablesin duct bank or conduit. If in conduit, give type of conduit (metallic or nonmetallic),number of loaded conduits, enclosed or exposed, and spacing between conduits. c. Load factor. d. Method of bonding and grounding of metallic coverings (including shields). e. Wet or drylocation. f. Thermal resistivity (rho) ofsoil.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

[Link] WC 7-ENGL L988

WC 7-1992

6470247 05137b5 923

ICEA S-66-524

Page 2

Section 2
CONDUCTORS
2.0 Requirements of a referenced ASTM standard shall be determinedin accordance with the procedure or method designated in the referenced ASTM standard unless otherwise specified in the standard. The following technical information on typical conductors may be foundin Appendix L a. Approximate diameters of individualwires in stranded conductors. b. Approximate diameters of conductors not listed in Table 2-7. c. Approximateconductor weights. 2 1 WIRES, PHYSICALANDELECTRICAL PROPERTIES The wires usedin conductors shall be copper in accordance with 21.1 or aluminumi n accordance with 2.1.2. 21.1 Copper Wires Copper wires shall meet the requirements of 21.1.1 and either 2.1.12 or 2.1.13. The 2.1.13 option shall apply only to non-compressed and non-compact conductors. [Link] Copper wires shall meetthe chemical requirements of ASTM B 5. [Link] Soft or annealed copper wires intended for a stranded conductor shall meet the elongation, finish, and coating continuity requirements of one of the following: 1. ASTM B 3 for uncoated wires. 2. ASTM B 33 for tin-coated wires. 3. ASTM B 189 for lead or lead-alloy-coated wires. [Link] Copper wires removed from a concentric lay strandedconductor,annealed after stranding, shall meet the elongation requirements of ASTM B 8, Sections 7.4,75, and 7.6. 2.1.2 Aluminum Wires Aluminum wires shall meettherequirements of [Link] and either [Link] or [Link]. The [Link] option shall apply only to non-compressed and non-compact conductors. The requirements of [Link] or 2.1.23 shall not apply if the requirements of 2.3.1 or 2.3.2 are met. [Link] Aluminum UM wires shaIl meet the chemical requirements of ASTM B [Link] alloy wires shall contain a minimum of 97 percent aluminum by weight. [Link] Aluminum 1350 and aluminum alloy wires intended for a stranded conductor shall meet one of the foliowing: 1. Hard-drawn wire shall meet the tensile, elongation, finish and brittleness requirements of ASTM B 230. 2. Annealed or intermediate temper wire shall meet the tensile and finish requirements of ASTM B 609. [Link] Aluminum 1350 and aluminumalloywires removed from a concentric lay stranded conductor shall meet the tensile requirements and bendingproperties of ASTM B 231, Sections 8.5 and 8.6 or 9.2 and 9.4. 2 2 SOLID CONDUCTORS Solid conductors shall meet the requirements of 2.2.1 or 2.2.2. 2.2.1 A solid copper conductor shall consistof a single round wire meeting the requirements given in [Link] and [Link]. 2.2.2 A solid aluminum U50 or aluminum alloy conductor shall consist of a single round wire meeting the requirements given in [Link],[Link], and Table 2-1 and the finish requirements of M T M [Link] strength of aluminum 1350 and aluminum alloy conductors and conductors shaIl be deterelongation of aluminum alloy mined according to ASTM B 230. [Link] Size 12 to 8 AmericanWtre Gauge (AWG) solid aluminum conductors shall be an aluminum alloy with an elongation at rupture of not less than 10 percent in 10 inches.

Table 2-1 Solid Aluminum 1350 and Aluminum Alloy Conductors

Tcnsik Strength
Conductor Sim

Aluminum 1350
psi

Aluminum Alloy

AWG

MPa

psi

MPa

12-8 12000-22000 7-1 83-152

...
12000-22000 8500-22000

...
59-152

15000-22000
8500-22000

los152 59-152

-152

V0 and larger

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

ICEA S-66-524

WC 7-1992 Page 3
2-4, Table 2-5, and Table2-6. The dc resistance shall be

2 . 3

STRANDED CONDUCTORS
determined in accordance with 2.5.1 or 2.5.2. Where the resistance is measured on a sample taken froma multiple conductor cable, or where the resistance is calculated,the appropriate maximum resistancevalue specified for a single conductor cable shall apply.
Dir& Measurement o f DC Resistance Per Unit Length The dc resistance per unit length shall be determined by dc resistance measurements made in accordance w i t h 63.1 to anaccuracy of 2 percent or better. If measurements are made at a temperature other than 25C (TF), the measured value shall be converted to resistance at 25C (77F) byusingeither of the following 1. Theappropriate multiplying factor fromTable 6-1. 2. A multiplying factor calculated using the applicable formulain the footnote to Table6-1. If verification is required for the dc resistance measurement made on an entire length of completed cable, a sample at least 1 foot (30.5 cm) longshall be cut from that reel length, and the dc resistance of each conductor shall be measured using a Keivin-type bridge or a potentiometer. Where an uninsulated conductor is in contact with another metallic or conductive component of the cable, measurements shall be made on a sample taken from the completed cable.
25.1

Stranded conductors shall consist of a number of wire individually meeting the appropriate requirements of 2.1. All wires in a stranded conductor shall be of the same material and temper. There shall be no water in the stranded conductor of the cable as shipped. Exception:Coatedwires shall bepermittedtobe of an uncoated conductor in used in only the outer layer order to obtain free strippingof the adjacent polymeric layer. The dc resistance of the resulting conductor shall not exceed the value specified for an uncoated conductor of the same size. The requirementsforlay, joints, and number of wires shall be in accordance with one of the foIlowine: 1 . ASTM B 8 for concen&ic-lay C l a s s B, C, or -&.i copper conductors. 2 . ASTM B 172 for rope-lay stranded copper conductors w i t h bunch-stranded members. 3. ASTM B 173 for rope-lay stranded copper conductors with concentric-stranded copper conductors. 4. ASTM B 174 for bunch-stranded copper Conductors. 5. ASTM B 496 forcompact-round smded copper conductors. 6. ASTM B 231 for concenmc-lay class B, C, or D stranded aluminum 1350 or aluminum alloy Conductors. 7. ASTM B 400 for COqaa-rOundstranded alumin~m 1350 or aluminum alloy c o n d u c t o r s . 2.3.1 Concentric-lay-stranded aluminum conductors, including compressed strand, if tested as a unit as an dtemative to 2.1.2.2or 2.1.2.3and before application of any coverings, shall meet the tensile requirements and bending properties of ASTM B 231, Sections 8.2 to 8.4 and 8.6 or Sections 9.3 and 9.4.

2 . 3 . 2 Compactstranded aluminum conductors, if tested as a unit as an alterative to [Link] and before application of any coverings, shall meet the tensile re0 0 , Section 8.2 or Section 9. quirements of ASTM B 4
2 4 CONDUCTOR SIZE UNITS

Conductor size shall be expressedby cross-sectional area in thousand circular mils (kcmil). small sizes shall be found in The AWG equivalents for Table 2-7.
2 5 CONDUCTOR DC RESISTANCE PER UNIT

OF LENGTH The dc resistance per unit lengthof each conductor in a production or shippinglength of completed cable shall not exceed the value determined from the schedule of maxinum dc resistances specified in Table 2-3 when using the appropriate nominal value specifiedin Table

Calculationof OC Resistance Per Unit Length The dcresistance per unit lengthat 25C (77F) shall be calculated using the following formula: R =K~/A Where R = Conductor resistance in R/1000 ft. K = Weight increment factor, as given in Table 2-2. p = Volume resistivity in Q cmiVft., determined in accordance with ASTM B 193 using round wires. A = Cross-sectional area of conductor inkcmil, determined in accordance with [Link] or [Link] for solid, concentric-lay, rope-lay, and bunchstranded conductors or 6.3.2.2for compressed or compact-stranded conductors. When the volume resistivityis expressed in nanoohm meter (nQ em and area isexpressed in square millimeters (mm ) the resistance is expressed in milliobm per meter (mQ/m).
25.2
2

CONDUCTOR DIAMETER The diameter of a conductor having a diameter less than 0,750 inch (19 mm) shall be measured in accordance with [Link].The diameter of a conductor having a
2.6

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1992

ICEA S-66-524

Page 4
diameter 0.750 inch (19 mm) or larger shall be measured shall in accordance with 63.3.1 or 6.33.2. The diameter not differ from the nominal values shown in Table 2-7 by more than 2 5 percent. 2.6.1 The 5 percent diameter tolerance for solid and stranded conductors is provided to enable a designer of connectors to determine the range of conductor sizes that will fit a particular connector; however, aconductor meeting the minimum diameter requirement does not necessarily meet the requirement for maximum dc resistance given in 2.5. 2.6.2 If one or more layers of any concentric laystranded Class B,C, or D conductor is compressed to reduce the non-compressedoutside diameter, the compression shall not exceed3 percent.
STRESS CONTROL LAYER Conductors to be insulated for a rated circuit voltage above 2OOO volts shallbe covered witha separate stress controlling material compatible with the conductor and the insulation. The material shall have allowable operating temperatures at least equal to those given for the insulation.
27

2.7.1 The stress control layershall be a polymeric covering consisting of a conducting tape, extruded material or extruded material over conducting tape. The layer shall have a minimum thickness of 2.5 mils

(0.06mm).
Table 2-2 Weight Increment Factors*,
Solid Conductors Concentric-lq Strand, Class B,C, and D

K
1

up to 2000 kcmil

1.02
-. . ,

1.03

4OOO-5OOO kcmil
Rope-lay Strand Having Concentric Stranded Members, Classes G and H
49 wires

1.05 1.03
1.04

133 wires

259 wires
427 wires

1.045
1.05

More than 427 wires

Burlclwd Strand, single bunches

1 . 0 6
1.02
1 . o 4

All sizes
Rope-lay Strand Having Bunch-stranded Members, Classes I, K and M 7 bunch stranded members 37 61 7 x 7 bunch stranded members 19x7 37x7 61x7 1.05

1.05 1.06 1.07 1.07 1.07

'Bascd on the methcd specified in either AST" B 8, ASIM B 496, ASIM B400,A S M B 231, A S I M B 172, ASIM B 173, or A S I N B 174 as applicable.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

..

W C 7-88

6470247 0 0 0 7 0 6 . 7 ~ ~
WC 7-1988 Page 5 [Link].1 The resistivity of an extruded conducting material when measured according to 6.12 shall not exceed loo0 ohm-meter at room temperature and at the of the cable. maximum normal operating temperature

ICEA S-66-524

[Link] Extrudable material, prior to application to the conductor, when tested according to 6.4.15 shall meet the following requirements: Elongation after air oven test at 12loC+1"C for 1 6 8hours, minimumpercent Brittleness temperature not warmer than "C-10 100

Table 2-3 Schedule for Establishing MaximumDC Resistance Per Unit Lengthof Completed Cable
I

NomPortable Cables
Type
d

Cable

Maximum Dc Resistance

Single Conductor Cable and Flat Parallel Cable Multiple Conductor Cables and %sted Assemblies of Single Conductor Cables

Table 2-4a Value Plus 2% (R max = Rx1.02) Table 2-4a Value Plus 2% Plus One of the Following: 2% -One Layer of Conductors (R rnax = R x 1.02x 1.02)

3%-More than One Layer ofConductors (R max = R x l . 0 2 ~ 1.03)

4%-Ppairs or other PrecabledUnits (Rmax = R x 1 . 0 2 ~ 1.04) Portable Cablesand Flexible Cords
Cable Type Maximum DC Resistance

d Single Conductor Cable and Flat Parallel Cable

(R max = RX 1.02)
_____

Multiple Conductor Cables and %ted Assemblies of Single Conductor Cables

Thble 2-5a or 2-6aValue Plus 2%bPlus 5% (R rnax = Rx1.02x1.05)

aForconductor strandings or sizes not listed in Tables 2 4 through 2-6,the nominal dc resistanceper unit lengthof a completed single conductor cable shall be calculated from the factors given inTable 2-8 using the following formula:

R =10-~v~
t

WhereR = Conductor resistance in 52/1OOO ft F = Factor from Table 2-8 A = Cross-sectional area of conductor in kcmil
See 25.2 for cross-sectionalarea determination

AWG and 18 AWG Class K conductors specified inTable 2-6 this value shall be 3 percent. bFor 20

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1988 Page 6
Table 2-4 Nominal DC Resistance in Ohms Per 1000 Feett at 25% (77F) of Solid and Concentric Lay-Stranded Conductor
Concentric Lay-Siranded Aluminum
AWG or k c d

ICEA S-66624

Copper Uncoated
Coated

Uncoated

Coated

Class B,C,D

Class B,C,D

Class B

Class c

22 20 19 18 17 16

15
14 13 12 11 10 9 8

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 110 2/0 3P 4/0 250

300

350 400 450 500 550

600

2 7 . 1 16.9 135 1 0 . 7 8.45 6.72 5.32 4.22 3.34 2.66 2.11 1.67 1.32 1 . 0 5 0.833 0.661 O524 0.415 0.329 0.261 0.207 0.164 0.130 0.103 0.0819 0.0694 0.0578 0.0495 0.0433 0.0385 0.0347

16.5 10.3 8.20 651 5 . 1 5 4.10 3.24 2.57 2.04 1.62 1.29 1 . 0 2 0.808 0.640 0.508 0.403 0.319 0.253 0.201 0.159 0.126 0.100 0.0794 0.0630 0.0500

...
S..

17.2 10.7 852 6 . 7 6 5.35 4.26 3.37 2.67 2.12 1 . 6 8 1.34 1.06 0.831 0.659 0522 0.414 0.329 0.261 0.207 0.164 0.130 0.102 0.0813 0.0645 0.0511

650 700 750 800

loo0
1100 1200 1250 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1750 1800 1900 2000 2500
3OOo

900

... ... ... ...

...
e..

... ... ... ... ... ...

... ... ... ... ... ...

S.. S..

... ...
S.. S..

... ...
e..

... ... ...

a..

... ...

.*. ... ...

... ...

...

...
e..
S..

... ...
a..

... *..

... ... ...

6..

...

... ...

... ... ...

...
a..
9..

...

...

3500 4Ooo 4500

... ...
... ... ...

S..

..
a..

... ...
...
... ...
.a.

... ... ...

... ... ... ... ...

0.00229 0.00222 0.00364

... ... ...

27.4 17.3 13.7 1 0 . 9 8 . 5 4 6.85 5 . 4 1 4.31 3.41 2 . 7 2 2 . 1 5 1.70 1.35 1.07 0.851 0.675 0534 0.424 0.336 0.266 0.211 0.168 . 0.133 0.105 0.0836 0.0707 0.0590 0.0505 0.0442 0.0393 0.0354 0.0321 0.0295 0.0272 0.0253 0.0236 0.0221 0.0196 0.0177 0.0161 0.0147 0.0141 0.0136 0.0126 0,0118 0.0111 0.0104 0.0101 0.00982 0.00931 0.00885 0.00715 0.00596 0.00515 0.00451
0.00405

1 6 . 7 105 8.33 6.67 5.21 4.18 3.30 2.63 2.08 1.66 1.31 1 . 0 4 0.825 0.652 0519 0.411 0.325 0.258 0.205 0.162 0.129 0.102 0.0810 0.0642 0.0510 0.0431 0.0360 0.0308 0.0269 0 . 0 2 4 0 0.0216 0.0196 0.0180 0.0166 0.0154 0.0144 0.0135 0.0120 0.0108 0.00981 0.00899 0.00863 0.00830

1 7 . 9 1 1 . 1 8.83

...
e..
.I.

Class D

7.07
5.52 4 . 4 3 3.43 2.73 2 . 1 6 1.72 1.36 1 . 0 8 0.856 0.678 O538 0.427 0.338 0.269 0.213 0.169 . 0.134 0.106 0.0842 0.0667 0.0524 0.0448 0.0374 0.0320 0.0277 0.0246 0.0222 0.0204 0.0187 0.0171 0.0159 0.0148 0.0139 0.0123 0.0111 0.0101 0.00925 0.00888 0.00854 0.00793 0.00740 0.00694 0.00653 0.00634 0.00616 0.00584 0.00555 0.00448 0.00374 0.00323 0.00283

... ...
e.. e..

... ...
a.. e.. e.. e..
1..

o . o o n 1

0.00719 0.00674 0.00634 0.00616 0,00599 0.00568 0.00539 0.00436 0.00363 0.00314 0.00275 0.00254 0.00247

2.79 2.21 1 . 7 5 1.36 1.08 0.856 0.678 0538 0.427 0.339 0.269 0.213 0.169 0.134 0.106 0.0842 0,0669 0.0530 0.0448 0.0374 0.0320 0 . 0 2 8 0 0.0249 0.0224 0.0204 0.0187 0.0172 0.0160 0.0149 0.0140 0.0126 0,0111 0.0102 0.00934 0.00897 0.00861 0.00793 0.00740 0.00700 0.00659 0 . 0 0 6 4 0 0.00616 0,00584 0.00555

2.83 2.22

175
1.39 1.11 0.874 0.680
0.538

0.427 0.339 0.269 0.213 0.169 0.134 0.106 0.0842 0.0669 0.0530 0.0448 0.0374 0.0320 0.0280 0.0249 0.0224 0.0204 0.0187 0.0173 0.0160 0.0150 0.0140 0.0126 0.0112 0.0102 0.00934 0.008W 0.00862 o.oO801 0.00747 0.00700 0,00659
O.Oo640

0.00622 0.00589 0.00560

... ...

**.

...
m..

*..

...
a.. ..a

...
e..
e..

*Concentric lay-stranded includes compressed and compact conductors. tResistancevalues in milliohms per meter shall be obtained by multiplying the abovevalues by 3.28.
COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7 - 8 8
~ ~~

6 4 7 0 2 4 7 0007067 5
WC 7-1988

ICEA S-66-524

Page 7

Table 2-5 Nominal DC Resistance in Ohms Per 1000 Feet* At 25OC (7PF) For Flexible Aluminum Conductors
Conductor Size AWGClass or kcmil
G

Class H

Class I

8 7 6
5 4 3 2 1 V0

...
0.858 0.681 0.540 0.428

... ... ... ...

a.. a..

1.07 0.850 0.687 0.545 0.432 0.343 0.272 0.216 O. 172 0.137 0.109 0.0861 0.0735 0.0613 0.0525
0.0460 0.0409 0.0368

0 . 3 4 0
0.269 0.216 0.171

0.272

...

0.172

U0
310 410 250

0.136
0.107 0.0852 0.0725 0.0604 0.0518 0.0453 0.0403 0.0363 0.0331 0.0304 0,0280
0.0260 0.0243 0.0228

0.136
0.108 0.0857 0.0728 0.0607 0.0520 0.0455 0.0405 0.0364 0.0334 0.0306 0.0283 0.0263 0.0245 0.0230
0.0204 0.0184 0.0167

300
350
400 450 500

550

600
650 700 750 800
900

0.0334 0.0306 0.0286

0.0265 0.0247 0.0232

0.0206

lo00
1100 1200 1250 1300 1400

0.0202 0.0182 0.0166 0.0152 0.0146 0.0140 0.0130 0.0121 0.0115 0.0108 0.0105 0.0102
0.00968 0.00919

0.0186 0.0169 0.0155 0.0148 0.0143 0.0133 0.0124 0.0116 0.0109 0.0106 0.0103 0.00977 0.00928

O.Ol53 0.0147 0.0141

0.0131 0.0123 0.0115 0.0108 0.0105 0.0102

1500
1600 1700 1750 1800

1900

0.00968
0.00919

*Resistancevalues in miltiohms per meter shall be obtained by multiplying the above values by 3.28.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-BA
WC 7-1988 Page 8

.B

64702470007070

r
ICEA S-66-524

Table 2-6 Nominal DC Resistance inOhms Per 1000 Feet* At 25C (77OF) For Flexible Annealed Copper Conductors
Conductor S h AWGorkcmil 20 18 16 14 12 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1/0 210 310 410 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 ClassG ClassH Class1 ClassK ClassM Uncoated ClassG CIassH Coated Class1 ClassK ClassM

...

... ...
2.65 1.67 1.05 0.832

...

... ...
e..

...
S..

... .. ...
t

..a
S..

0.660
0.523 0.415 0.329 0.261 0.207 0.164 0.131 0.104 0.0826 0.0655 0.0520 0.0442 0,0368 0.0316 0.0276 0.0246 0.0221 0.0202 0.0185 0.0171 0.0159 0.0148 0.0139 0.0123 0.0111 0.0101 0.00925 0.00888 0.00854 0.00793 0.00740 0.00701 0.00659 0.00641 0.00623 0.00590 0.00561

0.666
0528

0.419 0.332 0.263 0.209 0.166 0.132 0.105 0.0830 0.0659 0.0522

1.04 0.824 0.653 0.518 0.419 0.332 0.263 0.209 0.166 0.131 0.105 0.0834 0.0662 0.0525

10.6 6.66 4.18 2.62 1.65 1.04 0.840

10.6 6.66 4.18 2.62 1.68 1.06 0.840

...

... ...

...
S.. S..

0.666
O528

0.666
0.533 0.423 0,336 0.266 0.213 0.169 0.134 0.106 0.0850 0.0674 0.0535 0.0453 0.0377 0.0323 0.0283 0.0251 0.0226 0.0206 0.0189 0.0174 0.0162 0.0151 0.0141 0.0126 0.0113

0.419 0.332 0.263 0.211 0.167 0.133 0.105 0.0842

0.0668
0.0530

0 . 0 4 4 4
0.0370 0.0317 0.0278 0.0247 0.0222 0.0204 0.0187 0.0172 0,0168 0.0149 0.0140 0.0125 0.0112 0.0102 0.00934 0.00897 0.00862 0.00801 0.00747 0.00701 0.00659 0.00641 0.00623 0.00590

0.0448
0.0374 0.0320

0.0448
0.0374 0.0323 0.0283 0.0251 0.0226 0.0206 0.0189 0.0174 0.0162 0.0151 0.0141 0.0126 0.0113

0.0280
0.0249 0.0224 0.0204 0.0187 0.0174 0.0162 0.0151 0.0141 0.0126 0.0113 0.0103 0.00943 0.0905 0.00870 0.00808 0.00754 0.00707
0.00666

600
650 700 750 800 900 loo0 1100 1200 1250 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1750 1800 1900

... ... ...

...
t

... ..
S..

0.00647 0.00629 0.00596 0.00566

... ...

... ... ...

... ... ...

1..

... ... ... ... ... ... ...

2.81 1.77 1.11 0 . 8 8 4 0.701 0.544 0.432 0.342 0.271 0.215 0.171 0.137 0.108 0.0859 0.0682 0,0541 0.0460 0.0383 0.0328 0.0287 0.0255 0.0230 0.0210 0.0192 0.0178 0.0165 0.0154 0.0144 0.0128 0.0115 0.0105 0.00962 0.00924 0.00888 0.00825 0.00770 0.00729 0.00686

e.. e.. a..

... ... ... ..* 1.08

e..

O.8 0561 0.445 0.353

0.00666
0.00648 0.00614 0.00583

...

0.280 0,222 0.172 0.140 0.109 0.0863 0.0685 0.0543 0.0462 0.0385 0.0330 0.0289 0.0257 0.0231 0.0212 0.0194 0.0179 0.0167 0.0155 0.0146 0.0130 0.0117 0.0106 0.00971 0.00933 0.00897 0.00833 0.00777 0.00729 0.00686 0.00666 0.00648 0.00614 0.00583

0.857 0.679 0.539 0.436 0.346 0.274 0.217 0.172 0.137 0.109 0.0868 0.0688 0.0546 0.0466 0.0389 0.0333 0.0291 0.0259 0.0233 0.0212 0.0194 0.0181 0.0168 0.0157 0.0147 0.0131 0.0118 0.0107 0.00981 0.00941

11.4 7.15 4.49 2.82 1.77 1.12 0.902 0.715 0.567 0.450 0.357 0.283 0.227 0.180 0.142 0.113 0.0904 0.0717 0.0569 0.0481 0.0401 0.0347 0.0304 0.0270 0.0243 0.0221 0.0203 0.0187 0.0174 0.0162 0.0152 0.0135 0.0122

11.4 7.15 4.49 2.82 1.81 1.14

0.902
0.715 0.573 0.454

0.360
0.286 0.227 0.181 0.144 0.114 0.0913 0.0724 0.0574 0.0486 0.0405 0.0347

0.0304
0.0262 0.0243 0.0221 0.0202 0.0187 0.0174 0.0162 0.0152 0.0135 0.0121

0.00905
0,00841 0.00785 0.00735 0,00692 0.00672 0.00654 0.00619 0.00588

... ...
a..

..a

...
e..

... ...

... ... ...

...

.*. ...

..* ... ... ... ... ...

I . .

e..

S..

...

*Resistancevalues in milliohms per metershall be obtained by multiplying the above values by 3.28.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

[Link]
ICEA S-66-524

WC

7-ENGL 3988

6470247 0533768 6 3 2

m
WC 7-1992 Page 9

Table 2-7 Nominal Diameters for Copperand Aluminum Conductors

Nominal Diameters.

Conccnlric Lay-Stranded Conductor Sim

~~ ~

Solid

Compressed Compact Inch

C l a s sB
Inch
f . .

Class c

class D

Inch AWG

Inch kcmil 0.812 1.02 1.29 1.62 2.05 2.58 3.26 4.11 5.18 653 8.23 10.38 13.09 16.51 26.24 33.09 52.62 66.36 83.69 105.6 133.1 167.8 211.6 250 300 350 400 450
500 550

Inch 0.0253 0.0320 0.0359 0.0403 0.0453 0.0508 0.0571 0.0641

0.0720

Inch

22 20
19

... ... ...

...

... ...
...

...

18 17 16 15 -~ 14
13

...

...

... ... ...

0.0629 0.0704 0.0792 0.0888
0.0998

... ... ...

... ...
...

...

...

...
...

...

...

...
...

...
...

...

...

0.0648
0.0727

...

12 11 10 20.82 41.74
9 8 7

U0

6 5 4 3 2 1 110

410

0.0808 0.0907 0.1019 0.1 144 0.1285 0.1443 0.1620 0.1819 0.2043 0.2294 0.2576 0.2893 0.3249 0.3648 0.4096 0.4600

...

...
...

o.&

0.112 0.126
0.141

...

0.169 053 0.238 0.268 0.299 0.336 0.376 0.423 0.475 0520 0570 0.616 0.659 0.700
0.736

osn
05916 0.6325 0.6708 0.7071

05000

0.158 0.178 0.200 0.225 0.252 0.283 0.322 0.361 0.406 0.456 0512 0558 0.611
0.661 0.706

0.0816 0.0915 0.103 0.116 0.130 0.146 0.164 0.18.1 0.206 0.232 0.260 0.292 0.332 0.372 0.418 0.470

O.j35 0.083 0.0925

0.104

o.;35
0.0826 0.0931
0.104

0528
0575 0.630 0.681
0.728 0.772 0.813 0.855 0.893

600
650

...
... ... ...

...

0.775 0.813
0.845

0.749 0.789 0.829

0.866

700 750 800

900

0.877
0.908

0.901 0.935

0.929
0.964 0.998

0.968
Loo0 1.061 1.117 1.173 1.225 1251 1.275 1.323 1.370

*..
...

...
...

lo00 1100 1200

1250

0.938 0.999 1.060

... ...

... ... ...

1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1750 1800 1900 2000

~ ~

... ...
...

...

... ... ...

...
...

...
...
...

...

...

1.415 1.459
1 . 4 8 0

...

...

... ...

1502 1542 1583

1.o30 1.o94 1.152 1.209 1.263 1.289 1.314 1.365 1.412 1.459 1.504 1526 1.548 15 9 0 1.632

0.117 0.131 0.148 0.166 0.186 0.208 0.234 0.263 0.296 0.333 0.374 0.420 0.471 0.529 0576 0.631 0.681 0.729 0.773 0.814 0.855 0.893 0.930 0.965 0.999 1.032 1.093 1.153 1.210 1.264 1.290 1.316 1.365 1.413 1.460 1 5 0 4 1527 1.548 1590

0.117 0.132 0.148

0.166

0.186 0.209 0.235 0.264 0.297 0.333 0.374 0.420 0.472 0530 0576 0.631 0.682 0.729 0.773 0.815 0.855 0.893 0.930 0.965
0.998

1.032 1.095 1.153 1.211 1.264 1.290 1.316 1.365 1.413 1.460 1504 1527 1549 1.591 1.632

*Diametersin millimetersshall be obtained by multiplying the above values in inches by 25.4.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1992 Page 10

ICEA S-66-524

Table 2-8' Factors' for Determining Nominal Resistance of Stranded Conductors Per 1000 Feet
Diameter of Individual Coated Copper Wires in Inches for Stranded Conductors Under Under Under Under 0,460 to 0.290 to 0.103 to 0.0201 to 0.0111 to AI1 Sizes. Uncoated 0.290, 0.103, 0.0201, 0.0111, 0.0010, Aluminum Copper Inclusive Inclusive Inclusive Inclusive Indusive 61 100 9 7 . 6 6 97.16 96.16 94.16 93.15 25OC 25OC 25'C 25C25C 25C 25OC

Percent Conductivity,

Rope Stranded

49 strands 133 strands 259 strands 427 strands More than 427 strands
Bunch Stranded

17865 18038 18125 18212 18385 17691

10892 10998 11051 11104 11209 10786 10998 11104 llrn 11315 10786 10892 10998 11104

11153 11261 11315 11370 11478

11210 11319 11374 1 1 4 2 . 8 11537

1l327 11437 11492 11547 11657 11217 11437 11547 11657 11767 11217 11327 11437 1W7

11568 11681 11737 11793 11905

...

...

...

...
11579

...

AU sizes
Rope-stranded Bunches

...
... ... ... ".
11045 11153 11261 11369

...
...
...

7 ropes of bunched strand 19,37,or 61 ropes of bunched strand 7 X 7 ropes of bunched strand 19.37, or 61 X 7 ropes of bunched strand Concerttric Stranded
Up to 2ooo kcmil > 2"3CNM kcmil > 30004MO kcmil >4000-5000 kcmil

18038 18212 18385 18559 17692 17865 18309 18212

...

...
11102 11211 11319 11428

11681 11793 11905 12018 11456 11568 11680 11792

11806 11920 12033 12147 11580 11694 11807 11921

'The factors givcn in Table 2-8 shall be based on the following: k Resistivity
1. A volume resistivity o f 10575 Q * CmiUft. (100 pcrccnt conductivity) at 25C for uncoated (bare) capper. 2. A 25C volume mistivity converted from the 20C values specified in B 33 or A m B 189 for coated copper. 3. A volume resistivity of 17.345 R CmiWft. (61.0 percent conductivity)at 25C for aluminum.

B. Increase in Resistance Due to Stranding

1. The value of K (weight increment factor) givcn in Table 2-2.

t See Table 2-3 for Use of Facton.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

[Link]

WC

7-ENGL 1988

= 6470247 0513801 794

WC 7-1988 Revision-1 Page 11

ICEA S66-524

Section 3 INSULATlON
MATERIAL 3.1 3.2.2 D e l t a Systems Where 0- Leg M a y Be Grounded forPeriods over 1 Hwr. T h e insulation shall be a filled or unfdled cross-linkedthermosetting polyethylene meeting the dimensional, elec- See 173 percent level in foomote *followingTable 3-1B. t r i c a l and physical requirements specified in Section 3. A 3 . 2 . 3 Singk and -Phase Systems with 100 filed cross-linked-polyethylene insulation is one which and 133 Percent Insulation Level black = mineral conrains 1O percent or more of carbon and/ For nonshielded c a b l e s , multiply the voltage to ground filers byweight. An unfilled cross-linked polyethylene by 1.73 and use the resulting voltage value to select the insulation is one which contains less than 10 p e r c e n t of axresponding insulation bickness from Column A cm carbon black and/or mineral f i l l e r s .Insulation for cables Column B of Table $IA, as applicabk. rated 2001 V up t o and including 5 kV may contain a For shielded cables,multiply tht voltage t o ground by maximum of2-11'2 percent carbon black. Insulation for the CMItSpanding insulation thickness 1.73 and select cables above 5 kV shall not containcarbon black. from the 100 percent insulation level or 133 percent insuThis insulationis suitable for use on power cables in wet lation level Column in Table 3-1B. as applicable. or dry locations at conductor temperaturesnot exceeding 3.2.4Direct Current Systems (266F)for 90C (194F) fornormaloperation,130C emergencyoverloadconditions (see Appendix E), and Up to and including 2OOO volts, consider the Same a s 250C (482F) for short circuit conditions. three-phase ac systems in accordance with3.2.1. O v a The insulation on the conductor shall be free from any 2000 volts, consult the manufacam. contaminants or porosity visibleto the eye with not more 3.3INSULATIONTHICKNESS FOR than five times magnification. Thereshall be no water in SUBMARINE POWER CABLE the stranded conductor of the finished cable. The insulation thicknessshall be as given in Table 3-1A 3.2 INSULATION THICKNESS and Table 3-1B except the average thickness shall not be The insulation thicknesses given in Table 3-1AandTable less than 60 mils for cables withouta jacket 01 sheath far 3- 1B are based on the rated circuit voltage, phase-tuphase, voltage classifications up to and including 2 kV, and on the cable insulation level. 3.4 REPAIRS The thicknesses of insulation given in Table 3-1A and Repairs or joints in the insulation shall conformt o the Table 3-1B shall apply to single-conductor cables andto limitations on insulation thickness given in 32. Each the individual conductors of multiple-conductor cables, length of insulated conductor containing repairs or pints except nonsheathed submarine cables and portable power shall meet the electrical requirements of 3.6 or 3.7, as cables. For nonsheathed submarine cables, see 3.3. For applicable. portable power cables, see 7.4. The average thickness of the insulationshall be not less 3.5 INSUIATlON CLASSESAND than that given in Table 3-1A and Table 3-1B. The miniREQUIREMENTS mum thickness shall be not less than 90 percent of the 3.5.1 Classes (See 6.4.3 for values givenin Table 3-1A and Table 3-1B. The classes of insulation shall be as follows: method of measurement.) a. 2ooo volts o r less (sec3.6). The thickness of insulation for various systems shall be b. 2001 volts and above( s e e 3.7). determined as follows:

=led

3.2.1 Three-Phase Systems with 1W or 133

3.52 Voltags Tests

Percent Insulation Level Use the thickness values given in the respective columns 3- 1B as applicable. of Table 3- 1A or Table

Compktedcableshallbetestcdinaccardanccwiththe paragraphs in W k 32. The cable shall withsrand,without failur~, t ktest v~ltaga g i min 'IBblt 3-1A and Table 3-1Bas -kable. Thetestvoltagesshallbcbasedontheratedvoltageof

m f i d

thecableandthesizeoftheconductorandnotonthe of the insulation. apparent thickness

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1988 Revision Page 12

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

S T D = N E M A WC 7-ENGL 1788
ICEA $66-524

h470247 0513803 567

WC 7-1988

Revision 2

Page 13

::t t

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1988 Revision2 Page 14

ICEA S-66-524

3.5.3 InsulationResistance Constants The insulation resistance constants of insulations shall be in accordance with 3 . 6 or 3.7, as applicable (see 6 . 1 5 for test method). 3.6 INSULATION FOR CABLES RATED O THROUGH 2000 VOLTS 3.6.1Physical and Aging Requirements When rested in accordance with Section6, the insulation shaII meet the following requirements:
Wysical Requirements Tensile strength, minimum
psi MPa

Ekirical Method Dielectric constant aftex 1 &y, maximum Increase in capacitance. maximum. pacent 1 1 4 &YS 7-14 &v Stability factor after 14 days, maximum* Alunliue t o stability faCt0r"stabiiity factor" fexence, 1 UD 1 4 days, maximum*
3.7

6 . 0

3 . 0 1 . 5 1 . 0
0.5

~ancoftbaetworsq~aa&dbc~naboth.

Uongation at rupture, minimum, percent Aging Requirements After air oven test at 121'Cf1 'C for 168 hours-Tensile strength and elongation at r u p t u e , minimum, percentage of unaged value

1800 125 250

INSULATION FOR CABLES RATED M o 1 VOLTS AND ABOVE 3.7.1 Phydcal and Aging Requlreme~~ts When tested in accordance with Section 6, the insulation shall meet the following n q u r ie m e n t s . Wysical Requirements Tensile strength, minimum

75

Psi MPa Elongation at rupture, minimum, Aging Requirements

1800 1 2 . 5
percent
250

After hot creep test at 1SO"CB"C *Hot creep elongation, maximum, percent *Hot aeep set, maximum, percent

U n w e d Fiud

175
10

100
5

*U h i s value IS exceeded. the Solvau Exu~cuon T u t may be F r formed and will serve as I referee method U) duermmc c o m p l ~ a n c c (nuximumpcrccm a f e r 20 hours drying time-30).

After air oven test at 121 *Cf1 ' C for 168 hours-msile soength and elongation at r u p cure, minimum, percentage of unaged value

75

3.6.2 Electrical Requirements [Link] VOLTAGE TESTS See 3.5.2. [Link] INSULATION RESISTANCE TEST Each insulatedconductor in the completedcable shall be tested in accordance with 6.15and shall havean insulation resistance not less than that corresponding t o a constant of 10,ooO a t 15.6'C ( W F ) The . insulationresistance test is

After hot creep test at 15O'Cfl'C

UnflUed FOkd

+Hacreep elongation, maximum, perCMt

100 +Hot creep set,maximum. p e m t

175 1 0

* I f this V ~ U C IS U thc S&a* Eanctian T+ m y bc PIf~andmllscweurdumabodtodacrmacomplmce ( m r x l m u mp r a n r &r M bapr dryin8

time"3Q.

notrequiredwhenthedcsparkttstorrheacspasktestis performed (see3 5 . 2 ) . 3.6.3AcceleratedWater Absorption Requirements (Sec 6.6.)The insuiation shall meet the following requinments when tested in accordance with the electrical (Ehldo) method as specifled in 6 . 6 . 2 .

3.7.2 Ekctrictrl Requimments 3.7.21 VOLTAGE TESTS See 3.5.2 [Link] INSULATION RESISTANCETEST

Eachinsnlam!d~inrhccompletbdcabkshallbe
ttstcdinaccordancewith6.15andshallhavtminsuIation

resisaurcenotlessthanthatcaqmdingtoacrnstantof 2 0 O ,O O at 15.6'C (WF).

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

S T D - N E M A WC 7-ENGL L788
ICEA S-66-524

6470247 0 5 3 3 7 7 4 936
WC 7-1992

Page 15

[Link] PARTIAL-DISCHARGE EXTINCTION LEVEL

[Link] ACCELERATED WATERABSORPTION

REQUIREMENTS

(See ICEA T-24-380.) Each length of completed power cable rated for service at 2001 volts and above with insulation shielding on the individual conductors shall comply with the following table:
Minimum Partial-dischargeExtinction Rated Circuit Level, kV Voltage, 100 Percent 133 Percent Phase-to-Phase . Volts Insulation Level Insulation Level 2001-5000 4 5' 8 5001-8000 6 15 8001-15000 11 26 15001-25000 19 25001-28000 21 ... ... 28001-35000 26 *Unless otherwiseindicated,thecable will be rated at the 100 percent insulation Icvel.
~ ~~~ ~

The insulation shall meet following the requirements when tested in accordance with the Accelerated Water Absorption Test, E M 4 0 as specified in IGEA T-27-581MMA WC 53 at the temperature specifiedin the table below:
~~ ~~~~ ~

3.7.3

Additional Requirements

[Link] U-BENDDISCHARGE
(See 6.11.) Single-conductor nonshielded cables rated at 2001-5000 volts shall not fail or show any cracks, when tested in accordancewith 6.11.

Electrical Method (60 Hz) at 75 f 1C Dielectric constant after 24 hours, maximum Increase in caDacitance, maximum, Dercent 1 to 14 days 7 to 14 days Stability factor after 14 days, maximum* Alternate to stability factor-stability factor difference, 1 to 14 days, maximum*

3.5
3.0 1.5
1 .o

0.5
both.

Only one of these two requirements needbe satisfied, not

[Link]

CAPACITY A N D POWER

FACTOR

[Link] SURFACE RESIST~VITY

(See 6.1 1.) Single-conductor nonshielded cables rated at 2001-5000 volts shall have a specific surface resistivity ofnot less than 200,000 megohms when tested in accordance with 6.1 1.

(See 6.5). The insulation on cables rated at 5001 volts and above shall have a specific inductive capacity not exceeding 3.5 and a power factor not exceeding 2.0 percent.

[Link]

INSPECTION FOR

EVIDENCE OF WATER

Each length of Completed shielded cable 2001 volts and above shall be inspected for evidence of water in accordance with 6.19. If evidence of water is present, the affected cable length shall be dried by a suitable method.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1992 Page 16

ICEA S-66-524

Section 4 SHIELDING AND COVERINGS

SHIELDING (SEE APPENDIX G) SHIELDING OF INSULATEDCABLE Shielding of insulated cables shall consist of conductor shielding and insulation shielding. For conductor shielding, see 2.7.
Al

InsulationShield System The insulation shield system shall consist of a nonmetallic covering directly over the insulation and a nonmagnetic metal component directly over or embedded in the nonmetallic covering. The nonmetallic covering shall comply with [Link]. The metal component shall comply with [Link].The insulation shield system shall be resistant to or protected against chemical action from other cable components.
4.1.1

of at least 5OOO circular mils per inch (0.1 mm2/mm) of insulated conductor diameter, or of other nonmagnetic metals havingequivalent conductance. Metal tapes, wires, straps, and sheaths may be usedin combination providing they are compatible and meet the requirements of the preceding paragraph. Metal components embedded in a conducting nonmetallic covering shall not be exposed nor become exposed during normal installation bending (see Appendix H).
NOTE-Additional conductance may be required in the metal component depending upon installation andelectricalsystemcharacteristics,particularlyinregard to thefunctioning of overcumnt protective devices, available fault current, and the manner in which the systemmay be grounded.

NONMETALLIC COVERING A conducting nonmetallic covering that meets the requirements of Table 4-1 or Table 4-2 shall be applied over the insulation in one or more layers in direct contact and shall be plainly identified as being conducting. Identification shall be provided for each distinctive layer. If one of the layers is a coating, it shall be applied directly over the insulation. The tension necessary to remove an extruded covering from cable at room temperature shall be not lessthan 3 pounds (13.3 N) for cables rated 2001 through 2 5 O ,O O volts and not less than 4 pounds (17.8N)for cables rated 25,001 through 35,000volts (see 6.12.4). For removability of insulation shields, see Appendix G,G6.1. (This sentence is approved by NEMA as Authorized Engineering Information.)
4.1-1.1

Multiple-Conductor Cables (See 4.2.) When shieldingis required on multiple-conductor cables, the shields shall be applied over the individual conductors.
4.1.2 4.1.3

Conductor Identification See 55.

4.2 SHIELDING LIMITS FOR POWER CABLE

FOR FIXED LOCATIONS

4.2.1 Insulation shielding shallbe used on power cables for fEed locations when intended for operation above the three-phase (line-to-line) operating voltages 4-3. To obtain the equivalent three-phase given in Table voltage for single-phase or two-phase ac systems or for dc systems, multiplythe line-to-line voltage by the factors given in Table 4-3. 4.2.2'

METAL COMPONENT A nonmagnetic metal component consisting of a tape or tapes, wires, straps, or sheaths shall be applied over or embedded in the conducting nonmetallic covering. The metal components shall be electrically continuous throughout each cable length and shall be in contact with the nonmetallic [Link] components shall be applied in such a manner that electrical continuity or contiguity will not bedistorted or disrupted during normal installationbending (see Appendix H). Metal tape(s) shall be copper at least 2.5 mils (0.0635 mm) thick or of other nonmagnetic metal tapes having equivalent conductance, Wlres, straps, or sheaths shall be of copper and have a total area at any cross section
[Link]

Shieldingshouldbe considered where any ofthe following conditions exists: 1. Connections to aerial lines; 2. Transition from conducting to nonconducting environment; 3. Transition from moist to dry earth; 4. Dry soil, such as in the desert; or 5. Damp conduits.

T 'h s i section is approved by NEMA as Authorized Engineering

Information.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-88

I h470247
..

000q07q

ar
WC 7-1988 Page 17
Thermoplastic Thermoset

ICEA S-66-524

Table 4-1 Requirements for Nonmetallic Conducting Coverings Using Nonembedded Metal Components

Aging Requirements (see 6.4.15)

i r oven test at 10O0C+1"Cfor 48 hours - elongation at rupture, minimum, percent After a

After air oven test atl2loC+1"C for 168 hours- elongation at rupture, minimum, percent -BrittlenessTemperature (see 6.4.15), not warmer than Volume Resistivity, maximum at room temperature and at ratedtemperature 21C (see 6.12), ohm-meters 500
_ _ ~ __
~~ ~~ ~~ ~

1 0 O *

...
loo*
~

...
~~~~

-looc*
500
_ _ _ ~ _ _ _ ~ ~ _~ __~

-10C'

*For extruded coverings only.

Table 4-2 Requirementsfor Extruded Nonmetallic Conducting Coverings Using Embedded Metal Components

Thickness, Minimum (see 6.4) Total Between insulation and metal components mils in accordance w i t h
4.4.4

5
0.127

mm

psi MPa Elongation at rupture, minimum, percent Aging Requirements (see 6.4) - after air oven test at 121"C+- 1C for 168 hours Tensile strength, m n im iu m ,percentage value of unaged Elongation at rupture, minimum, percent Brittleness Temperature 6.4.l5), (see not warmer than Volume Resistivity, maximum at room temperature and at rated temperature 21C (see 6.12), ohm-meters

1200

8.27 100 85 100 -10C

500

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1988 Page 18 Table 4-3 Operating Voltage Limits, kV, above which Insulation ShieldingIs Required
Power Cable-100 and 133 Percent InsulationLevel

ICEA S-66-524

With

1. Single conductor (including assemblies of single conductors) a. b. A U others 2. Multiple conductor with common covering a.
~~ ~~

2kV 5kV 2kV

~~

[Link]-resisting jack2 c. With metallic sheath or armor

Multiplying Factors for Equivalent Three-phase Volbges for Single- or Wo-phase AC Systems or for M: Systems Single-and Wo-phase AC Systems* and M : Sys(ems 5OOO Volts or Less
~~~~ ~~ ~~

5kV
Single- and Wo-phase AC Systems* Over 5OOO Volts
One Side Grounded Ungrounded
~~~ ~~~~

and Midpoint Grounded

~

1.73

0.866

*Where it is not definitely specified that a line operatesas an isolated singleor two-phase system,it shall be consideredas a branch of a 100 percent insulation level three-phase circuit, and the rating shall be the line-to-line of this voltage 100 percent insulation level three-phase circuit.

JACKETS 4.3 GENERAL Physical Requirements Jackets shall be one of the types covered in 4.4 except Rnsile Strength, minimum that, for cable with an embedded metal component, the jacket shall be a nonmetallic conducting covering meet- psi ing the requirements [Link] jackets over MPa metallic coverings, see 4.5. Elongation at rupture, minimum, percent 100 4.4 THERMOPLASTIC JACKETS Aging Requirements These jackets consist of a moisture-resisting therAfter air oven test at lOO"C& 1C for 5 days moplastic compound for use as the coveringon or jacket [Link] the apTensile strength, minimum, percentage of plicable requirementsof 4.4.1 through 4.4.7. The tests value unaged 85 shall be made only on jackets having a nominal wall Elongation at rupture, minimum, percentthickness of 30 mils (0.76 mm)or greater. age value of unaged 6 0 4.4.1 Polyvinyl Chloride After oil immersion test70"C-C at 1C for 4 hours This jacket shall consist of a polyvinyl chloride comTensile strength, minimum, percentage of pound suitable for a minimum installing temperature of value unaged 80 -10C (14F). When tested in accordance with 6.4 and Elongation at rupture, minimum, percent6.10, the jacket shall meet the following requirements age of value unaged . 60 and, when applicable, the requirements given in 4.4.6.

150

.
3

Heat distortion, 12loC+-1"C, maximum percent 121"Ckl"C shock, Heat -35"Ck 1C bend, Cold

50 No Cracks
No Cracks

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

S T D O N E M A WC 7-ENGL L988
ICEA S-66-524

b 4 7 0 2 4 7 0533776 7 0 9
WC 7-1992 Page 19
Type III Polyethylene (HDPE), Black

4.4.2

Polyethylene, Black

Thls jacket shall consist of a black polyethylene compound suitable for exposure to sunlight and other atmosphericenvironments at temperame between-55C (-67F) through 75C (+1679;) and a minimum installing temperature of 40C(40T). When tested in accordance with 6.4 [except that the gauge marks shall be 1 inch (25.4 mm) apart and the distance between jaws 2.5 inches (635 mm)] and 6.10, the jacket shall meet the following requirements and, when applicable, the requirements given in 4.4.6:
~

Physical Requirements Tensile Strength, minimum

MPa
Elongation at rupture, minimum percent Base Resin Density (Duc, @cm3) Aping Requirements After air oven test 100C at f 1C, for 48 hours, tensile strength and elongation at rupture, minimum, percentage of unaged value Heat Distortion, llOC i 1C. maximum, percent of original thickness Environmental cracking* (ASTM D 1693) Absorption coefficient, minimum milli (absorbancdmeter)

17.2
350 0.941-0.965** 75

Type I Polyethylene (LDPWLLDPE), Black

Physical Requirements Tensile Strength. minimum psi 1700 MPa 11.7 Elongation at rupture, minimum 350 percent Base Resin Density (D23c, @cm3) 0.910-0.925** Aging Requirements After air oven test at 100C i l0C, for 75 48 hours, tensile strength and elongation' at rupture, minimum, percentage of unaeed value Heat Distortion, 100C 1"C, 30 maximum, percent of original thickness Environmental cracking* No cracks (AS" D1693) Absorption coefficient, minimum milli 320** (absorbancdmeter)

30 No cracks 320**

Use condition A for Type I and use condition B for Types Il and Ill, with a full strength solution of Igepal CO-630 or equivalent as defined in ASTM D1693 ** In lieu of testing finished cable jackets, a certification by the manufacturer of the polyethylene compound that this requimment has been compiledwith shall suffice.

4.4.3

Chlorinated Polyethylene, Thermoplastic

llu jacket shall consist of a thermoplastic chlorinated polyethylene compound. When t e s t e d in accordancewith 6.4 and 6.10, the jacket shall meet the following requirements and, when applicable, the requirement in 4.4.6.
Physical Requirements Tensile Strength, minimum psi 1400 MPa 9.65 Tensile stress at 100 percent elongation, minimum psi IO00 MPa 6.89 Elongation at rupture, minimum, percent 150 Aging Requirements After air oventest at 121"C+loCfor 168 hours Tensile strength, minimum, percentage of unaged value 85 Elongation at rupture, minimum, percentqe of unaped value 50 After oil immersion test at 100C~l"C for 18 hours Tensile strength andelon&on a t rupture, minimum percentageof unaged value 50 Heat distortion, 12l0C~1"C, maximum, percent 25 No cracks Cold bend. -35"C*I"C

Type II Polyethylene (MDPE), Black

Physical Requirements Tensile Strength. minimum psi MPa [Link] at rupture, minimum percent Base Resin Density (Duc, g/cm3) Aging Requirements After air oven test at lW0C i l0C, for 48 hours, tensile strength and elongation at rupture, minimum, percentage of unaped value Heat Distortion, llOC i 1C. maximum. percent of orieinal thickness Environmental cracking* (ASTM D 1693) Absorption coefficient, minimum milli (absorbancdmeter)

I
[

2300 15.9 350 0.926-0.940** 75

30

No cracks
320**

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

[Link] WC 7-ENGL 1766

ICEA S-66-524

m 6970297 0513777 645

WC 7-1992 Page 19A

4.4.4

Jacket Thickness

The average thicknesses of jackets shall be notless than the applicable values given in Tables 4-4, 4-5, 46, or 4-7. For the jacket thicknesses of cables not shown in these tables, see Table [Link] minimum thicknessshall be not less than 80 percent of the values given in these tables. (See 6.4.3 for method of measurement.) .

4.4.5

Separator Under Jacket

If used, a separator shall consist of a material that is compatible with the othercomponents of the cable.

4.4.6

Discharge Resisting Jackets

(See Table 41.) For single-conductor non-shielded cables rated 2001-5000 volts phase-to-phase, the overall jacket shallmettherequirements of 4.4.1, 4.4.2,or 4.4.3 and, in addition, shall have a specific surface resistivity of not less than 200,000 megohms (see 6.1 1.1 and 6.11.2).

4.4.7

Irregularity Inspection

Jackets shall not have irregularities as determined by the procedure given in ICEA T-27-581. The methods used:
Method B

Method C
Polyvinyl Chloride (4.4.1)

Chlorinated Polyethylene Thermoplastic (4.4.3)

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1992 Page 20

ICEA 5-66-524

Table 4-4 Jacket Thicknessfor Single-Conductor Nonshielded Cable-2000 VORS or Less (For All Uses: Conduit, Trays, Troughs, Underground Duct, Aerial, and Direct Burialt)
S i z e ,AWC or kcmil
2000 Volk or ISS

The requirements of DivisionI as pertaining to quality of materials, design,and construction apply also to Division II and III, except as to particular details expressly set forth in the followingsections or as otherwke modified.
4.5.2 General
CONDmONS [Link] UNUSUAL The standards given in this section apply under usual installation, operating, and service conditions. Where unusualinstallation, operating, or service conditions exist, modificationsmay be necessary, and these conditions should be defined before cable designis completed.

miLs

mm

15

14 12 10
9 8 6

15 15
15 15
30

0.38

0.38 0 . 3 8
0.38 0.38 0.76

4 2 1.14 45 45
1

30 30 45 45 45 65 65 65 65 65 65

0.76 0 . 7 6

110 1.14 U0 1.14 3/0 410 1.65 250 1.65 300 350 1.65 400 450 1.65 500 1.65600 1.65 750 lo00

65 65

65

tSingleconductor cables in sizes 9 AWG and smaller shall not be uscd for direct earth burial.

4.5METALLIC

AND ASSOCIATEDCOVERINGS

4.5.1 scope This section covers the following: . 5 . 3 through 4 . 5 . 1 6 . )Materials, conDivision I - (See 4 structions, and requirements for metallic and associated coverings recommended for use under normal conditions of installation, operation, and maintenance of power, control, and lighting circuit wires and cables. It also coverssubmarine cables. Division II - (See 45.17 through 4 . 5 . 2 3 . ) Round wire armor for borehole, dredge, shaft, and vertical riser cable. . 5 . 2 4 through 4 . 5 . 2 6 . )Round wire Division III - (See 4 armor for buried cable.

4.5.2.2TYPES OF METALLIC COVERINGS The types andconditions of installationare as follows: 1. Metallic sheath, lead, or aluminum. a. Conduit, ducts, troughs, or raceways. b. Suspended from aerial messenger. c. When protected by metal armor or nonmetallic coverings for other types of installation. 2. Flat metal tape armor. a. Direct burial in trenches. b. Suspended from aerial messenger. Plain- or galvanized-steel tape armor, depending upon soil and water conditions, with an outer fibrous covering is for use on cables for direct burial and for shaft installations where the cable can be clamped at intervals. Galvanized-steel tape armor without an outer fibrous covering is for use on cables to be suspended from an aerial messenger strand. 3 . Interlocked metal tape armor.* a. Direct burial in trenches. b. Troughs. c. Racks. Raceways. d. e. Suspended from aerial messenger.
'Interlocked steel tape armor used for service entrance cable or for building cable such as Types AC, ACT, ACL, and ACV is not within the scope of these standards.

Interlocked-metal tape armor without an outer covering but with either a fibrous bedding or thermoplastic jacket under the armor is for cables for indoor use and for outdoor aerial service. Interlocked-metal tape armor with either a fibrous bedding or a thermoplasticjacket under the armor and either a fibrous coveringor a thermoplastic jacket over the armor is for underground installations.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

- .~

.~
~

WC 7 - 8 8
ICEA S-66-524

6470247

"""-

T T
WC 7-1988 Page 21

O
Size, AwG or

Table 4-5 Jacket Thicknesses for Single-Conductor Metallic Shielded Cables (For All Uses: Conduit, Trays, Troughs, Underground Duct, Aerial, and Direct Burial)
2001-5Ooo Volk
5 0 0 1 8 o o oVolk

8001-L5oO0 Volk

LOO and 133Percent

InsulationLevel
mils

kcmil

Percent LOO 133 Percent Insulation Level mils

Insulation Level mils

LOO Percent Insulation Level

mils

133 Percent Insulation Level

mm

mm

mm

mm

mils

mm

8 6
C

45

60 60 60 60 60 60 80 80
80 80 80 80 80 80

1.14 1.52 1.52 1.52 1.52 1.52 1.52 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03

...
60 60 1.52 60 60 60 80 80 80 80 80 80
80 80 80 80 80 80

...
1.52 1.52 1.52 1.52 1.52 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03

...
60 60 60 80 80 80 80 80
80 80 80 80 80 80

...
1.52 1.52 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.79

...
80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
80 80 80

4 2 1 110 210 310 410 250 300 350

400 450

... ...

...
...

...
2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.79

... ... ...

...
80

...

... ...

...

2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.79 2.79

80 80 80 80

80 80
80

500 600
750 lo00

80 80 80

80 80 80

80 80 110

80 80
110

80 110 110

15001-25000 Volk
AwG or
kcmil
Size,

25001-BOO0 Volk mm
mils

28001-35000 Volk mils mm

100 Percent Insulation Level

mils

133 Percent Insulation Level LOO Percent Insulation Level LOO Percent Insulalion Level
mils

mm

mm

6
4

... ...
... ...
80 80 80 80 80
80 80 80

... ...
...
2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.79 2.79 2.79

...

2 1 110

... ... ... ...

80

...

... ... ...

... ... ...

80 80 80 80 80
80 80 80

... ...
...
2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.79 2.79 2.79
~~ ~ ~

...

...

...
...
80 80 80 80
80 80 80

... ... ...

2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03

...

... ... ... ...

U0
310 410 250 300 350
400 450

80 80 80 80
80 80 80

2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79

500 600
750 lo00

80 80 80

110 110 110 110 110 110

2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79

~ ~~

80 80 80

110 110 110 110 110 110

110 110 110

110 110 110

For all other sizes and voltages not tabulated above see Table 4-8, Column (2).

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

W C 7-88
WC 7-1988 Page 22 Table 4-6 Individual Conductors of Multiple-Conductor Cables Undera Common Covering
Calculated Diameter of Individual Conductor Under Jacket Jnches mm Jacket Thickness

K E A S-66-524

Table 4-7 Common Overall Jacket of Multiple-Conductor Cables (For All Voltages andAll Uses)
Calculated Diameter of Cable Under Jacket Jacket Thickness mils inches mm

mils*

mm

mm

0.250 or less
0.251-0.425 0.426-0.700 0.701-1.500 1.501-2.500

6.35 or less 6.38-10.80 10.82-17.78 17.81-38.10 38.13-63.50

15
25
30

0.38
0.64

0.425 or less 0.426-0.700 0.701-1.500 1.501-2.500 2.501 and larger

10.80 or less1.14 45

0.76 1.27 2.03

50
80

60 80 38.13-63.50 2.79110 63.53 and larger 140

10.82-17.78 17.81-38.10

1.52 2.03
x

3.56
r

*These thicknesses apply to jackets only and do not apply to colored

NOTE 1-Table 4-7 applies to all round multiple-conductorcables having a common overall jacket. NOTE2-For flat twin cable, use the calculated major core diameter under the jacket to determine the jacket thickness.

coatings on the individualconductors of multiple-conductor cables.

Table 4-8 Single- and Multiple-Conductor Wires and Cables (All Uses Except Communication and Portable Cables*)
Jacket Thickness Single-conductorCabks Calculated Diameter of Cable Under Jacket inches mm
(1) Nonshielded
(2)

Multiplesonductor Cables*
(3) Individual
(4)

Shielded** mils mm

Conductorst mils mm

Overall mils mm

mils

mm

0.250 or less 0.251-0.425 0.426-0.700 0.701-1.500 1.501-2.500

*Under common jacket.

6.35 or less 6.38-10.80 10.82-17.78 17.81-38.10 38.13-63.50

15
30

0.38

45 45

1.14 1.14 1.52 2.03 2.79

15 25

0.38

45 45

1.14 1.14 1.52 2.03 2.79

, I

0.76 1.14 1.65 2.41 3.56 140 3.18

0.64
0.76 1.27 2.03

45 65

60
80

95

110

30 50 80

60
80

110 3.56 140

2,501and larger 63.53 larger 125 and

...

...

tThese thicknesses apply to jackets only and do not apply to colored coatings usedfor the purpose of circuit identificationon the individual conductorsof multiple-conductor cables. $3ngtesonductor cables in sizes 9 AWG and smaller shall not be used for direct earth burial. **In calculatingthe diameter under the jacket of single-conductor shielded cables, 90 mils (2.29 mm) (which was used in calculating the values given in Table 4-5) shall be added to the metallic conductor diameter plus twice the insulation thickness given inTable 3-1.

NOTE-For flat twin cable, usethe calculated major core diameter under the jacket to determine the jacket thicknessfrom Column 4.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

ICEA S-66-524

WC 7-1988 Page 23

transformer vaults. (This sentence is approved by NEMA as Authorized Engineering Information.) [Link]. b. Dredgecable. Table 4-9 c. Vertical riser, borehold, and shaft cable for Thickness of Lead Sheath end suspension. CalcdatedDiameter of Core* Thicknesso f Sheath d. Direct burial in trenches and subjected to unusual mm mils mm inches longitudinal stress. Jute covering is not required on dredge and vertical 0-10.80 1 . 1 4 5 1 . 0-0.425 riser cable. It is required on submarine, borehole and 10.82-17.78 1 . 6 6 5 5 1 . shaft cable where severe installation and service condi- 0.426-0.700 tions [Link] is required for direct burial cable. 17.81-26.67 80 2 . 0 3 0.701-1.050 Jute covering maybe desirable where the conditions 26.70-38.10 95 2 . 4 1 1.051-1.500 of transportation require protection for the galvanizing 38.13-50.80 2.79110 1.501-2.000 on the armor wires. (This paragraph is approved by NEMA as Authorized Engineering Information.) 2.001-3.000 50.83-76.20 3.18125

4 . Galvanized steel wire armor.

DIVISION I Metallic and Associated Coverings for Insulated Cables

3.001 and larger

76.23and larger

140

3 . 5 6

*Thethickness of lead sheath for flat twin cable shall be based on the calculated majorcore diameter.

[Link] REAPPLICATION OF LEAD SHEATHS When the sheath does not meet the requirements of these standards, it shall not be repaired but the lead may 4.5.4 Metallic Sheath be stripped from the entire length of the cable andthe A lead or smooth aluminum sheath shall be used with cable releaded. or without supplementary protection when an impervious covering is required. [Link] TYPE OF ALUMINUM A smooth sheath of aluminum alloy 1060, 1350, or [Link] TYPE OF LEAD equivalent shall be tightly formed around the core of the A sheath of commercially pure lead (or an alloyed cable. lead) shall be tightly formed around the core of the cable. This lead shall meet the requirements of ASTM [Link] THICKNESS OF ALUMINUM B29. The average thickness of the aluminum sheath shall be If lead stripped from new cable is used, it shall comply in accordance with Table 4-10. The minimum thickness with the requirements given herein. shall in no case be less than 90 percent of the thickness specified in the table. 4.5.4.2THICKNESS OF LEAD The average thickness of the lead sheath shall be in [Link] MEASUREMENT OF THICKNESS OF ALUMINUM accordance with Table 4-9. The minimum thickness shall The thickness- shall be measured in accordance with in no case be less than 90 percent of the thickness 6 . 8 . specifiedin the table. Where protective jackets are used . 5 . 1 4and 4.5.15for the thickover the lead sheath, see 4 [Link] REAPPLICATION OF ALUMINUMSHEATHS ness of the lead sheath. When the sheath doesnot meet the requirementsof There are special cases where the above thicknesses these standards, it shall not be repaired, but the may require an increase, especially the on smaller sizes aluminum may be stripped from the entire length of the of cables, if several cables are to be pulled in together in cable and the cable resheathed. (This sentence is apone duct; if the sections are extra long; if orthe handling is severe or awkward during installation as in some

4.5.3 Scope Division I applies tothe metallic coverings described in the following sections, together with the necessary fibrous, thermosetting, or thermoplastic beddings and protective coverings; to nonmetallic coverings over metallic sheath; and to their application over insulated electric cable for use on power, control, and lighting circuits.

tFor submarine cables, the thickness of the lead sheath for the first two core diameter classificationsshall be 80 mils (2.03 mm).

[Link] MEASUREMENT OF THICKNESS OF LEAD The thickness shall be measured in accordance with

6 . 8 .

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7 - 8 8

6 4 7 0 20 40 70 7 0 8 6

WC 7-1988 Page 24 proved by NEMA as Authorized EngineeringInformation.) Table 4-10 Thickness of Smooth Aluminum Sheath
calculated Diameter of Core* Inches mm Thickness of Sheath mils mm

K E A S-66-524 and applied with opposite directions of lay, The inner serving shallbe an impregnated jute yarn that shall be run through hot asphalt or tar compound before the application of the outer serving which shall be No. 16/3 impregnated jute yarn or plied jute of equivalent thickness. [Link] one or two servings, the outer serving shall be run through hot asphalt or tar compound and coated with some suitable material that will prevent sticking of adjacent turns of the cable when woundon a reel.
4.5.6 Flat Metal Tape Armor [Link] SCOPE This section covers plain and zinc-coated flat steel strip-in coils for use as flat armor for electrical cables. The zinc coating shall be applied by either hot-dip or the electro-galvanizingprocess such that all surfaces of the finished tape width are coated, including edges. [Link] TENSILE STRENGTH AND ELONGATION The plain and zinc-coated strip shall have a tensile more strength of not lessthan 40000 psi (276 MPa) nor than 7oooO psi (482 MPa). The tensile strength shall be determined on longitudinal specimens consisting of the full width of the strip when practical or on a straight specimen slit from the center of the strip. The strip shall n 10 have an elongation of not less than 10 percent i inches (254 mm). The elongation shall be the permanent increase in length of a marked section of the strip, originally 10 inches (254 mm) in length, and shall be determined after the specimen has fractured. All tests shall be made prior to application of the strip to the cable. [Link] GALVANIZING TEST COATING [Link].1WEIGHT OF ZINC The weight ofzinc coating shall be determined before application of the strip to the cable. The strip shall have a minimum weight of coating of 0.35 ounce per square foot (106.8 grams/meter2) of exposed surface. The weight of coating specified is the total amount on both surfaces and edges and shall be determined in accordance with the method described in ASTMA90. [Link].2 ADHERENCE OF COATING The zinc coating shall remain adherent without flaking or spalling whenthe strip is subjected to a 180-degree diameter. The bend over a mandrel Vi inch (3.18 mm) in zinc coating shall be considered as meeting this requirement if, when the strip is bent around the specified mandrel, the coating does not flake or none of it can be removed from the strip by rubbing withthe fingers.

0-0.400
0.401-0.740 0.741-1.050 1.051-1.300 1.301-1.550 1.551-1.800 1.801-2.050 2.051-2.300 2.301-2.550 2.551-2.800 2.801-3.050 3.051-3.300 3.301-3.550 3.551-3.800 4.45 3.801-4.050 96.55-102.9 175

0-10.16 1.14 10.19-18.80 18.82-26.67 26.70-33.02 1.90 33.05-39.37 2.16 39.40-45.72

35 45 55

0.89
1.40

65 75 85

1.65

95 45.75-52.07 2.67 105 52.10-58.42 115 58.4544.77 3.18 125 64.80-71.12 71.15-77.47 3.43 135 3.68 145 77.50-83.82 83.85-90.173.94 155 4.19 165 90.20-96.52

2.41 2.92

__.

*The thickness of the aluminum sheath for flat twin cable shall be based on the calculated major core diameter.

4.5.5 Jute Serving over Metallic Sheath without Metallic Armor [Link] JUTE SERVINGS The thickness of one serving (ortwo servings) of jute applied over metallic sheathed cable for mechanical protection shall be as given i n Table 4-11. Table 4-11 Thickness of Jute Servings Over Metallic Sheath (Without Metallic Armor)
Average Thickness of Jute
of Cable Serving Calculated Diameter Under Jute Serving*

One Serving
ruils 65 65

Two Servings

inches
[Link] less 1.001-2500 2501 &larger

mm
25.40 or less

mm
1 . 6 5 1.65 1.65

mils
95 110 1 2 5

mm
2.41 2.79
3.18

25.43-63.50 63.52 &larger

65

*Thethickness of jute servings over metallic sheath for twin flatcable shall be based on the calculated major core diameter.

[Link] APPLICATION When jute servingsarerequired, themetallicsheathed cable shall be run through hot asphalt or tar compound and served with a closely wound of lay No. 16/3 impregnated jute yarn or plied jute of equivalent [Link] two servings are required, they shallbe closely wound

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

.~

~70247 0007087
WC 7-1988
ICEA S-66-524

Page 25

of the tape or 0.200 inch (5.08 mm), whichever is the Loosening or detachment during the adherence test of superficial, small particals of zinc formed bymechani- greater. During or prior to application, the tapes shall be c a lpolishing of the surface of the zinc-coated strip shall flushed with a suitable compounddeter to corrosion. not constitute failure. Table 4-13 [Link] WIDTH Thickness of Metal Tape for Flat Armor The nominal width of metal tapes shall be not greater (Plain or Zinc-Coated) than that specified in Table 4-12. Calculated Diameter of Cable Nominal Thickmm) or less, the For nominal widths 1.000 inch (25.4 Under Jute Bedding* ness of Metal Tape tolerance in width shallbe f31mils. For nominal widths mils mm inches mm = 1 O .O Oinch (25.4 mm), the toleranceinwidth greater than 1.000 25.40 less or 20 0.51 shall be 247 mils. Table 4-12 1.001 and larger 25.43 and larger 30 0.76 Width of Metal Tape for Flat Armor *For flat twin cable, the nominal thickness shall be based on the (Plain or Zinc Coated)
Calculated Diameter of Cable Under Jute Bedding* inches
of Nominal Width Metal Tape

calculated major core diameter.

4.5.7 Interlocked Metal Tape Armor [Link] SCOPE This section covers flat metallic strip-in coils for use as interlocking armor for electrical cables. All tests shall be made prior to the application of the the strip cable. to 4.5.7.2STEELTAPE Steel tape (except stainless) without a protective covering shall be zinc-coated. The zinc coating shall be applieC hv either the hot-dip or the electro-galvanizing process such that all surfaces of the finished tape width are coated, including the edges. If an outer jute or other protective covering is furnished, plaintape steel may be used. The quality of the steel tape and the requirements for the galvanizing shall be those specified i n [Link] and [Link] for flat steel tape. [Link] WIDTH The nominal width of metal tape may be less than but shall notbe greater than that specified in Table 4-14. Table 4-14 Width of Metal Tape for InterlockedArmor
Calculated Diameter of Cable Under Armor inches mm Nominal Width of Metal Tape Armor inches

mm

inches

mm

0.450 or less 11.43 less or 0.750 19.0 0.451-1.000 1.001-1.400 1.401-2.000 2.001-3.500 3.501 and larger 11.46-25.40 25.43-35.56 35.59-50.80 50.83-88.90 88.93 and larger 1.000 1.250 1.500 2.000 3.000 76.2 25.4 31.8 38.1 50.8

*For flat twin cable, the nominal width shall be based on the calculated major core diameter.

[Link] THICKNESS The nominal thicknessof metal tape shall be not less than that given in Table 4-13. See 6.7.2 for method of measuring metal tape thickness. The tolerance in the nominal thickness of the tape shall be. +.3 mils. The zinc-coated tape shall not at any place be more than 20 percent thicker than the stripped tape thickness, which should the be specified nominal thicknessbare for metal. The tolerance for nominal thickness of bare metal should apply to the stripped tape. [Link] APPLICATION, LAY, AND SPACING '&o metal tapes shall be applied helically in the same direction over the jute bedding except that they may be applied in opposite directions where the total area of the conductors is less than 50000 circular mils (25.34 mm2). The direction of lay of the inner tape shall be opposite to thatof the jute bedding. When applied in the same direction as the inner tape, the outer tape shall be approximately centered over the spaces between the convolutions of the inner tape. The maximum space between turns shall not exceed 20 percent of the width

mm

0.500 or less 0.501-1.000 1.001-2.000

12.70 or less 12.73-25.40 25.43-50.80

12.7 0.500 19.0 0.750 22.2 0.875

2.001 and larger 50.83 and larger 25.4 1.000 For any width of metal tape used, the tolerance in width shall be + 10 mils or -5 mils, except for aluminum, +-lomils. which shall be

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-88 WC 7-1988

6 4~. 70247 0009088

qKEA S-66-524

Page 26

[Link] THICKNESS gitudinally folded around the cable core, seam welded, and corrugated or by applying over the cable core a The nominal thicknessof metal tape shall be not less seamless sheath or tube, which is then corrugated. than that given in lible 4-15. See 6.7.2 for method of measuring metaltape thickness. 4.5.7a.2 TYPE OF METAL The tolerance in nominal thickness of the tape shall be "3 mils, The zinc-coated tape shall not at any place 4.5.7a.2.1 When metal armor is formed by a flat be more than 20 percent thicker than. the stripped tape metal tape, the tapes used shallbe aluminum, copper, thickness, which should be the specified nominal thick- steel, or alloys thereof. ness for bare metal. The tolerance for nominal thickness 4.5.7a.2.2 When metal armor is formed by applying of bare metal should apply to the stripped tape. a seamless sheath or tube, the metal be shall aluminum Table 4-15 or an aluminum alloy. Thickness ofMetal Tape for Interlocked Armor
Nominal Thickness Ambrac, Brass, Steel, Stainless Calculated Diameter of Cable Under Armor inches mm and Monel Taw mils mm o51 0 . 6 4 Aluminum and Zinc Taw mils mm

4.5.7a.2.3 The minimum thickness oftape or of the sheath or tube before corrugation shall be as shown i n 'Ihble 4-14a. . 4.5.7a.3 FLEXIBIL~ The armored cable shall be capable of being bent around a mandrel having a diameter of 14 times the cable diameter. The armor shall show no evidence of fracture visible to the unaided eye. The test shall be conducted in accordance with the procedure given in Section 6. 4.5.7a.4 CORROSION PROTECTION When required corrosion a protective covering shall be applied over the armor. 4.5.8 Galvanized Steel Wire

0 1 5 0 0 0-38.10 1.501&larger 38.13 &larger

20 25

25 30

0 . 6 4 0 . 7 6

NONMAGNETIC TAPE When nonmagnetic tapes, such as aluminum, brass, bronze, zinc, or stainless steel tapes are used, the widths shall be in accordancewith [Link] and the thicknesses in accordance with [Link]. Representative values of tensile strength and elongation for the nonmagnetic metals are given in Appendix B.
[Link]

Armor

4.5.7aContinuouslyCorrugatedMetal

Armor

4.5.7a.1 SCOPE This section covers the requirements applicable to continuously corrugated metal armored cable. The metal armor is formed by a flat metal tape that is lon-

[Link] SCOPE This section covers zinc-coated low-carbon-steel wire for usein the armoringof borehole, vertical riser, submarine, and underground cables used for power, control, and lighting circuits for normal use. For wire armor for special uses see Division II and III (4.5.17 through

Table 4-14a Minimum Thickness of Metal for Corrugated Armor

Diameter Calculated Steel Copper Aluminum Armor Under of Cable inches mm mils mm mils

mm
a..

mils

mm

90.4

0-2.180 0.56 2,181-3.190 81.05-106.7 3.190-4.200 0-2.365 60.102.366-3.545 90.07-106.7 3,546-4.200 0-1.905 1.906-3.05 3.051-4.200

22 29

0- 55.37 55.40- 81.03 34

0.74 0.86

... ...
.*a

o- 60.7
0- 48.39 48.41-72.39 72.42-106.7

...

...

...

... ... ...

0.43 0.53 0.64
I..

... ... ...

16 20 24

e..

...
...

...
I..

... ...
..e

...
...

17 21 25

...

...

... ...

...

... ...
...

... ...

e..

0.4 0.5

0.6

e..

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

.-

ICEA S-66-524

WC 7-1988 Page 27
[Link] GALVANIZING TESTS

[Link].1WEIGHT OF ZINC COATING 4.5.8.2TENSIE STRENGTH, ELONGATION, AND The weight of zinc coating shall be determined before TORSION the wire is applied tothe cable. The wire shall have a square foot of uncoated The zinc-coated wire shall be uniform in diameter and minimumweight ofcoating per wire surface in accordance with Table [Link] zinc free from cracks, splints, or other flaws. coating shallbe tested for weight by a stripping test in [Link].1 TENSILE STRENGTH accordance with ASTMA90. The zinc-coated wire shall have a tensile strength of OF COATING not less than5oooOpsi (35.2kgf/mm2) and not more than [Link].2 ADHERENCE The zinc coating shall remain adherent when the wire 7oooO psi (49.2kgf/mm2). The tensile strength shall be is wrapped at arate of not more than fifteen turns per tested in accordance with ASTM E8. minute LI a closed helixof at least two turns around a [Link].2 ELONGATION cylindrical mandrel of the diameter specified in Table 4-18. The zinc coating shall be considered as meeting The zinc-coated wire shall have an elongation of not this requirement if, when the wire is wrapped about the less than 10percent in 10 inches (254mm). The elongaspecified mandrel,the coating does not flake and none tion shall be the permanent increase in length of a of it can be removed from the by wire rubbing it with the marked section of the wire originally 10inches (254mm) fingers. in length and shall be determined after the specimen has Loosening or detachment during the adherence test fractured. of superficial small particles of zinc formed by mechani4.5.8.2.3TORSIONTEST c a l polishing of the surface of zinc-coated wire shall not constitute failure. The zinc-coated wire shall withstand, without fracTable 4-18 turc, the minimum number of twists specified in Table Mandrel Diameter 4-16. This test shall be made on a sample of wire having for Adherence of Coating Tests an i n i t i a llength of 6 inches (152mm) between jaws of a standard torsion machine or equivalent with one head Wire Diameter of the machine movable horizontally. The effective mils mm Mandrel Diameter speed of rotation shall not exceed 60 rpm. 238-134 6.05-3.40 3 times wire Table 4-16 diameter Number of Twists (Torsion Test) 133 andsmaller 3.38 andsmaller 2 timeswire Nominal Wire Diameter Minimum Number diameter of 'Itvisls
mils

4 . 5 . 2 6 ) . All tests shall be made prior to application of the wire to the cable.

mm

238-166 165-110 14 109-65

6.05-4.22 4.19-2.79 2.77-1.65

[Link] SEE OF ARMOR The sizes of armor wire for submarine cables are given 1 0 in Table 4-19. If the service requirementsare exceptionally severe, larger sizes of armor wire maybe required. (This senTable 4-17 Minimum Weights of Zinc Coating
Minimum Weight of Zinc Coating
Size, BWG

Nominal Diameter of CoatedWire

mils

mm

Ounces per Square Fool of Exposed Wire Surface

Grams per Meter2of Exposed Wire Surface

59

19

238 220 203 165

134 109 0 . 8 0

6.05

305

5.16 3.40

4 5 6
8 1 0

1.00 1 . 0 0 1 . 0 0

305 305 275 244 244 183

0 . 9 0
0.80
0 . 6 0

.77

.11

83

12 14

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1988 Page 28
Table 4-19 Size of Galvanized Steel Armor Wire for Submarine Cable

ICEA S-66-524

1.001-1.700 1.701-2.500

tence has been approved by NFMA as Authorized Engineering Information.) The tolerance in diameter for galvanized steel wire shall be as shown i n Table 4-20. Table 4-20 Tolerances of Diameter
Nominal Diameter of Coated Wire Tolerances,inches

before it is run through the first application of compound.

4.5.9.2DIRECTION OF LAY The direction of lay of the jute bedding or serving shall be opposite to that of the armor directly in contact with it, except as allowed in [Link]. Adjacent layers of jute shall be applied with opposite directions of lay. [Link] THICKNESS The thickness of jute bedding under the armor in the finished cable shall be not less than that specified i n Table 4-21. The thickness shall be determined by the use of a diameter tape and shall be considered as one-half of the difference in measurement under and over the bedding. 4.5.10 Jute Serving Overall for Armored Cable See 4 . 5 . 1 1 for Interlocked Armored Cable. [Link] APPLICATION When an outer jute serving isrequired, the armored cable shall be run first through hot asphalt or tar compound, then served with a layer of number sixteen three-

mils

mm

238-166 165-109 108-65

6.054.22 4.20-2.77 2 . 7 4 1 . 6 5

a0.005
kO.004

zkO.003

[Link] LAY The length of lay of the armor wires shallbe not less than seven nor more than twelve times their pitch diameter for all constructions except for dredge cable. For dredge cable, see 4 . 5 . 2 0 . Lay is defined as follows. The lay of any helical element of a cable is the axial length of a turn of the helix of that element. 4.5.8.6DIRECTION OF h Y Successive layers of jute and armor shall be laid in opposite directions, The direction of lay of the armor wires shall be so chosen that birdcaging of the cable being armored shall be reduced to a minimum. 4.5.9 Jute Bedding for Armored Cable See 4 . 5 . 1 1 for Interlocked Armored Cable. [Link] APPLICATION Metallic-sheathed cable to be armored shall be run through hot asphalt or tar compound before being served with a bedding of impregnated jute yarn or roving, each layer of which shall be run through hot asphalt or tar compound. If the cable is without metallic sheath, the core shall be covered as specified in [Link]

ply(No.l6/3)impregnatedjuteyarnappliedwithashort close lay, againrun through hot asphalt or tar compound and finished by running through some suitable material that will prevent stickingof adjacent turns of the cable when wound in a reel.
4.5.10.2DIRECTION OF h Y The direction of lay of the jute serving shall be opposite to that of the armor in contact with it. 4.5.11 Jute for Interlocked Armored Cable 4.5.11.1JUTEBEDDING If jute bedding is required, the application and direction of lay shall be in accordance with 4 . 5 . 9 . 1and 4 . 5 . 9 . 2 . The thickness shall be as specified for metal taped cable in Table 4-21.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-88 6470247

000907L 9
WC 7-1 988 Page 29

ICEA S-66-524

Table 4-21 Thickness of Jute Beddinsfor Armored Cable

Minimum Thicknessof Jute Bedding Calculated Diameter of Cable Under Jute Bedding* Mehl Taped Sheathed inches Round Wire Armored Cable

or Jacketed Nonsheathed
mils

or Noqjacketed
mils

mm

mm

mm

0.450 or less 0.451-0.750 0.751-1.000

1 1 . 4 3 or 0.76 less 1.14 11.46-19.05 1.14 1 9 . 0 8 2 5 . 4 0

30 45 45

1.14 1.45 1.65 2.03

45 45 65 80

2.03 2.03 2.41 2.79

80 80 95 110

1.001-2.500 25.43-63.50 1.65 65 2.501and larger 63.53 and 3.18 larger 125 2.41 95 1.65 65

*The thickness of jute bedding for flat t w i n cable shall be based on the calculated major core diameter.

4.5.11.2JUTESERVING OVERALL If jute serving overall is required, it shall be in accordance with 4 . 5 . 1 0 . 4.5.12 Core Covering for Nonsheathed and Nonjacketed Cable with Metallic Armor Over the core of nonsheathed and nonjacketed cable with metallic armor, there shall be applied tape, fibrous covering, jute, or other suitable protective covering. Tape shall be used over cores having a diameter of 0.300 inch ( 7 . 6 2mm) or larger. 4.5.13 Core Covering for Jacketed Cable Under Armor [Link] FLAT STEEL TAPE ARMOR Where a flat steel tape armor is used,a jute bedding shallbe appliedover the jacket before applicationof the armor. The thickness of the jute bedding shall be in accordance with Table4-21(see 6 . 9 ) . [Link] INTERLOCKED ARMOR Interlocked armor shall be applied directly over the covering, no bedding being necessary. 4.5.13.3ROUNDWIREARMOR Where round wire armor is used, a jute bedding shall be applied over the jacket before application of the armor. The thickness of the jute bedding shall be in . 9 ) . accordance with Table4-21(see 6 4.5.14 Cross-Linked Jackets Over Metallic Sheath 4.5.14.1REINFORCEDCROSS-LINKED JACKET A reinforced cross-linked jacket over a metallic sheath shall consist of a combination of treated fibrous

reinforcing tapes and a chloroprene rubber jacket compound. The physical properties of the chloroprenerubberjacket compound shall meet the following requirements:
Physical Requirements

Tensile strength, minimum psi Npa Elongation at rupture, minimum, percent Set, maximum, percent
Aging Requirements 1200

8.27 250
20

After air oventest at 70"C+ tensile strength, minimum psi Mpa

1C for 168 hours 1000 6.89

200

Elongation at rupture, minimum, percent After oil immersiontest at 121"C+-loC for 18 hours - tensile strength and elongation at rupture, minimum, percentage of unaged value

60

Tests shall be made on samples removed from the finished cable or, where this is impractical, on a sample of the jacket compound and thst is identical with that on the cable and that has been given the same treatment as the jacket.
[Link] THICKNESS The average thickness of the cross-linked jacket shall be not lessthan that specified,in Table4-22, The thickness shallbe determined by the use of a diameter tape and shall be considered as one-half of the difference in measurement under and over the jacket.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1988 Page 30

ICEA S-66-524
1. Polyvinyl chloride meeting the requirementsgiven in 4.4, except that the cold bend requirements shall be as given in4.5.15.4,or 2 . Blackpolyethylenemeeting the requirements given in4.4, or 3. Blackchlorinatedpolyethylenemeeting the requirements given in4.4.3except that the cold bend requirements shall be as given in [Link],

The minimum thickness shall be not less than 80 percent of the thickness specified inTable 4-22. Table 4-22 Thickness of Cross-linked Jacket over Metallic Sheaths
Calculaled Diameter inches Over Sheath Thickness mils mm

mm

1.500 less or 2.41 1.501-3.000 38.13-76.20 95 3.001 and larger

38.10 less or 76.23 and larger

1.65 65

125

3.18

[Link] THICKNESS OF LEAD SHEATH When a cross-linked jacket is applied over a lead sheath, the average thickness of the lead sheath shall be in accordance with Table 4-23. The minimum thickness shall be not less than 90 percent of the values given in the table (see 6.8). Table 4-23 Thickness of Lead Sheath for Cables Having a Jacket over the Lead Sheath
Calculated Diameter inches
of Core*

Thickness of Shealh mils mm

[Link] THICKNESS The average thickness of the thermoplastic jacket shall be not less than that specified in Table 4-24. The minimum thickness shall be not less than 70 percent of the values given inthe table. The average thickness of the jacket shall be taken as one-half the difference in diameters over and underthe jacket as determined by circumference measurements (see Section 6).The minimum thickness of the jacket shall be determined by direct measurements with a micrometer, a steel scale with pocket glass, a or micrometer microscope on a ring of jacket removed from the cable. Table 4-24 Thickness of Thermoplastic Jacket over Metallic Sheath
Calculaled Dlameler Over Sheath inches mm Thickness of Jacket mils mm

mm

0.425 or less 0.4264.700 0.701-1.050 1.051-1.500 1.501-2.000 2.001-3.000 3.001 and larger

10.80 or less 10.82-17.78

45.f 55t

1.14t 0-19.05 1.40.f

0-0.750 0.751-1.500 1.501-2.250 2.251-3.000

50

1.27

17.81-26.67 1.78 70 26.70-38.10 2.16 85 38.13-50.80 50.83-76.20 76.23 and larger 95 2.79 110 125 3.18 2.41

19.08-38.10 1.65 65 38.13-57.15 2.03 80 57.18-76.20 76.23 and larger 95 110 2.79 2.41

larger 3.001 and

*Thethickness of lead sheath for flat twin cable shall be based on the calculated major core diameter.

tFor submarine cables,these thicknesses shall 70 bemils (1.78 mm),

[Link] THICKNESSOF ALUMINUMSHEATH When a cross-linked jacket is applied overan aluminum sheath, the average thickness of the aluminum sheath shall be the same as that given in 4-10 (see 6.8).
4.5.15

Thermoplastic Jacket over Metallic Sheath

[Link] THERMOPUSTIC JACKETS Thermoplastic jackets, when used, shall be extruded over the metallic sheath' and shall fit tightly thereto. They shall be either:

[Link] TIGHTNESS OF APPLICATION OF POLYETHYLENEJACKET TO SHEATH The jacket shall be removed for 5 inches (127 mm) from each end of a 12-inch(305-mm) sample of cable, leaving a 2-inch(50.8-mm) ring intact and undisturbed at the center. The samplethenbe shall insertedvertically in a hole in a flat rigid plate that is at least 10 mils (0.254 mm) larger than the diameter over the sheath but not over40 mils (1.02 mm) larger. No movement of the Table 2-inch (50.8-mm)ring shall take place within a of period 1 minute when weight is applied to the upper end of the sample. The weight to be applied shall be equal to10 pounds per inch (1.77 kn/m) of outside diameter of the metallic sheath minus the weight of the prepared sample, rounded off to the nearer half pound. [Link] COLD BEND When required, the manufacturer shall submit evidence that the jacket has been tested on similar cable

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1988

ICEA 5-66-524

Page 31
of 4.4.1 exceptthat the cold bend requirements shall be given in [Link], or 2. Black polyethylene meeting the requirements of 4.4.2, or 3. Chlorinatedpolyethylenemeetingtherequirements of [Link]. (Table 4-25 was deleted July 22,1987.)
[Link] THICKNESS The average thickness of the jacket shall be not less than that specified in Table 4-26. The minimum thickness shall be not less than 70 percent of the value given in the table. The minimum and maximum thickness of the jacket shall be determined directly with a micrometer, a steel scale with pocket glass, or a micrometer microscope on a ring of jacket removed from the cable, The average of these determinations shall be taken asthe average thicknessof the jacket.
1. Polyvinyl chloridemeetingtherequirements

and meets the following requirement. The jacketed cable shall be subjected to the same bend tests and with the same frequency as requiredthe for underlying core. The test temperature shall be -10C or colder. After the final bend, the jacket shall show no cracks visible to the normal unaided eye (see Section 6).
[Link] IRREGULARITY INSPECTION Jackets shall not have irregularities as determined by the procedure of paragraph 3.8 of ICEA T-27-581 (NEMA WC 53). The methods to be used are:
Method B Method C

Chlorinated Polyethylene Polyvinyl Chloride Polyethylene Thermoplastic

[Link] THICKNESS OF LEAD SHEATH When a thermoplastic jacketis applied over a lead sheath, the average thickness of the lead sheath shall be in accordance with [Link] (see Section 6).

[Link] IRREGULARITY INSPECTION [Link] THICKNESS OF ALUMINUM SHEATH Jackets shall not have irregularities as determined by When a thermoplastic jacket is applied over an the procedure of paragraph 3.8 of ICEA [Link] aluminum sheath, the average thickness of the methods to be used are: aluminum sheath shall be the same as that given in Table Melhod A Melhod B C Melhod 4-10 (see Section 6).
Neo Iene

4.5.16 Jackets over Metallic Armor Jackets, when used, shall be either thermoplastic as described i n [Link] or cross-linked as described in [Link]. [Link] THERMOPLASTICm E S Thermoplastic jackets, when used, shallbe extruded over the metallic armor and shall fit tightly thereto. They shall be either:

( 7 . $ 7 . 1 )

Chlorinated Polyvinyl chloride ( 4 . 4 . 1 ) polyethylene,thermoplastic ( 4 . 4 . 3 ) Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene( 4 . 4 . 2 ) polyethylene ( 7 . 3 . 7 . 3 ) Chlorinated

Table 4-26 Thickness of Jacket Over Metallic Armor

=

Thickness Under Jacket Calculated Diameter of Cable inches mm All Cables (Excepl Interlocked Corrugated Corrugated Armored) mils
mm or

Cables With Interlocked or Armor mils mm

less

or

19.05 0.750 or less 0.751-1.500 1.501-2.250 2.251-3.000 19.08-38.10 1.65 38.13-57.15 57.18-76.20 2.41

50

1.27 2.03 1.90

50

1.27 1.27 1.52 2.16

65
80

50

60
75
85

95

0 larger and 76.23larger 3.001 and

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-88
ICEA S-66-524

WC 7-1988 Page 32

DIVISION II Round Wire Armor for Borehole, Dredge, Shaft, and Vertical Riser Cable 4.5.17 Scope Division II gives details of construction of armor applicable particularly to borehole, dredge, shaft, and vertical riser cables. 4.5.18 General The requirements of Division I pertaining to quality of materials, design, and construction, apply also to borehole, dredge, shaft, and vertical riser cable (which are designed for special uses), except as to the particular details expressly set forth in the following sections for the respective typesof cable, or as otherwise modified. 4.5.19 Borehole Cable (Suspended at One End Only) [Link] ARMOR Galvanized round steel wire shall be used for borehole cable. [Link] SIZE OF ARMOR WIRE The size of the armor wire shallbe as given in Table 4-27. Table 4-27 Size of Galvanized SteelArmor Wire for Borehole Cable
Calculated Diameter of Cable Nominal Size Under Juie Bedding inches mm
of Armor Wire

4.5.20 Dredge Cable [Link] ARMOR Galvanized round steel wire shall be used for dredge cable and shall be applied with ashort lay. [Link] S I Z E OF ARMOR WIRE The size of the armor wires shallbe as given in Table 4-28. Table 4-28 Size of Galvanized SteelArmor Wire for Dredge Cable
Calculated Diameter of Cable Nominal Size Under Juie Bedding Armor Wire inches

of
mils
mm
2

mm

BWG

0-1.700 1.701-2.500 3.40 134 43.21-63.50 10

043.18-

12 2.77 109 8 165 4.19

2.501 and larger 63.53 and larger

BWG

mils

mm

[Link] PITCH RATIO The pitch ratio .knitsshall be in accordance with Thle 4-29. The pitch ratio is taken as thequotient resulting from dividing the length of the armor wires by the pitch diameter of the armor wires. Where unusual service conditions exist, it may be desirable to modify the above pitch ratio. If so, it should be defined before the cable design is finalized. Table 4-29 Pitch Ratioof Galvanized WireArmor for Dredge Cable
Diameter Calculated Wire Armor the Over inches mm Minimum Piich Ratio

04.750 0.751-1.000 1.001-1.700 1.701-2.500

109 12 0-19.05 2.77 19.08-25.40 25.43-43.18 43.21-63.50 3.40 134 10 4.19 8 2.5- 165 6 5.16 203
4

0-63.50

0-2.500 2.501 and larger 63.53 and larger 3.0

2.501 and larger 63.53 and larger

238 6.05

The tensile safety factor [based on 50,000 psi (35.2 kgf/mm2)] shall be not less than five. If the required tensile safety factor is not maintained, the next larger size wire given in the table should be used.
[Link] LnY The length of lay of the armor wires shallbe not less than seven nor more than twelve times their pitch diameter. The armor shall be applied closely without appreciable space between the wires. Lay is defined as follows: The lay of any helical element of a cable is the axial length of a turn of the helix of that element.

4.5.21 Shaft Cable When shaftcable is clamped to the shaft structure or wall, the metallic coverings used (either tape or wire) shall comply with the requirements of 4.5.3 through 4.5.16. If, duringinstallation,theshaftcable is suspended from one end, galvanvized round steel wire armor shall be used. The size of the armor wires shallbe as given in Table 4-30, but the tensile safetyfactor shall be not less than five.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-88

6 4 7 0 2 4 7 0007075

bp
WC 7-1988 Page 33

ICEA S-66-524 Table 4-30 Size of Galvanized SteelArmor Wirefor Shaft Cable and Vertical Riser Cable
CalculatedDiameter of Cable Under Nominal Size WireArmor Bedding Jute inches
~~ ~ ~

of
mils
~~

mm
~~

BWG

mm
~

0-1.000 1.001-1.700 1.701-2.500

*

0-5.40
43.21-63.50

12 2.77 109 3.40 165 4.19

[Link].2SIZE OF ARMORWIRE The sizeof the armor wires shall be as given in Table 4-30. The tensile safety factor [based on 5oooO psi (35.2 kgf/-')] shall be not less than seven. If the required tensile safety factoris not maintained, the next larger in the table should be used. size wire given [Link]
SIZE OF ARMORWIRE FOR SHEATHED

10 25.43-43.18 134

2.501 andlarger 63.53 andlarger

6 5.16 203

4.5.22 Vertical Riser Cable (Suspended at One End Only) 4.5.22.1NONSHEATHED CABLE FOR lNSTALlATlON WITHIN BUILDINGS [Link].1 ARMOR Galvanized roundsteel wire shall be used for vertical riser cable.

VERTICAL RISERCABLE The size of armor wire for sheathedvertical riser cable n accordance with for indoor installation shall be i [Link] for borehole cable, but with a tensile safety factor of not less than four. 4.5.23WireBandSem'ng Where wire band servings directly over the armor are required for cable suspended vertically from one end, No. 12 BWG (109 mils) (2.77 mm) wire shall be used. The length of the serving band andthe spacing of the band throughout the length of the cable shall be in accordance with Table 4-31. The wire bands shall be applied sufficiently tight to prevent their movement along the cable as a result of handling the cable during installation.

Table 4-31 Spacing and Lengthof Band Servings

Calculated Diameter Over inches
P

lhe Armor Wire mm

Maximum Band Spacing Band Length of feel

I _

meters

inches

mm

0-1.500 38.13-63.50 1.501-2.500

0-38.10

50 7.6 25

15.2

3 4 4

76.2 102 102

larger 2.500 and

6

larger 63.53 and

Table 4-32 of Armor Wire Thickness o f Jute Bedding and Size

CalculatedDiameter of Cable Under Jute Bedding Minimum Thickness of Jute Bedding mils mm Nominal She of Armor Wire BWG
mils

inches

nun

mm

1.14

04.750 45 0.751-1.000 1.001-1.700 1.701-2.500

0-19.05 1.65 19.08-25.40 2.03 25.43-43.18 2.03 43.21-63.50 65 80 80 2.41 95 3.40 134

14 12 2.77 10 4.19 8 6

83

2.11

109 165 5.16* 203*

larger 2.501 and

larger 63.53 and

*For cable diameters over 2500 inches (63.50 mm) where greater strength is desired than obtainable with No. 6 BWG (203 mils) or where the required number of wires exceeds the capacity of the armoring machine, a No. 4 BWG (238 mils) wire may be used.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-88

fi

6470247 0007076 8 1

WC 7-1988 Page 34
DIVISION 111 Round Wire Armor for Buried Cable
4.5.24

K E A S-66-524
except as to particular details expressly set forth in the following sections or as otherwise modified.

4.5.26 Armor wire and Jute Servings (Sheathed and Nonsheathed Cables) Division III gives details of construction of armor for buried land cables where greater longitudinal strength The size of armor wire and thicknessof jute bedding 4-32. than that provided by flat tape armor is required, but not shall be in accordancewith Table The length of lay of the armor wires shall be not less the strength of the regular armor required for subthan three nor more than twelve times their pitch marine service. diameter. This lay shall be used such that the armor will be applied closely without appreciable space between 4.5.25 General wires. The requirements of Division I (4.5.3 through 4.5.16) n 4.5.10 shall be applied pertaining to quality of materials, design, and construc- A jute serving as specified i over the armor. tion apply also to buried round wire armored cables,

Scope

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

S T D O N E M A WC 7-ENGL L988

h 4 7 0 2 4 7 0513805 33T

ICEA S-66-524

WC 7-1988 Revision% Page 35

Section 5 ASSEMBLY, FILLERS, AND CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION

8

5.1 ASSEMBLY OF MULTIPLE-CONDUCTOR Ntlmbud COD&tctorr [Link] for M-um LUI@d t r y + CABLES h c a b l e Multiple-conductor cables shall be assembled in accordance with Section 5 unless otherwise modified by Section 2 30 times individual conductor 7. diamcta 5.2 MULTIPLE-CONDUCTORROUNDCABLES 3 35 times individual conductor diameta Where cables consist of a core of conductors without a layer of conductors ova them, the individual conductors 4 40 times individual canductor shall be cabled together witha left-hand lay. diameta Where one layer of conductors is involved, the layer 5 or 15 times assembled diameter shall have a left-hand lay. Where more than one layea of m m conductors is involved, the outer layershall have a lefthand lay. *For conductor asrcmblier wirhouc an o v c d l coverin tbc mrXnaua A left-hand lay is defrned as a counterclockwise twist [Link]&;gatmrulued away h m the observer. calduaor. Where necessary, the interstices shall be filled to give 5.3 FIAT TWINCABLES the completed cablea substantially circularcross section For flat twin cables with diameters over the individual (see5.4). conductor of 0 . 5 0 0inch (12.70 mm) or less, filling is not The length of lay of the individual conductors in the required. For flat twin cableswithdiametersoverthe outer layer of any cable shall not exceed the value calcuthan 0.500 inch (12.70 mm), individual conductor of more lated from thefactorgiven in [Link] filling shall be used to give a substantially flat surface cables with four or less conductors, the individual conducparallel to the plane of the major axis. tor diameter is the calculated overall diameter of the indiFlat twin cablesare not recommended where the diamevidual conductor. For cables with five or more conductors. ter over the conductor insulation exceeds 1 inch (25.4 the assembled diameter is the calculateddiameter over the mm). assembled conductors. When morethan one layer of con5.4 FILLERS ductors is involved, the layof the conductors in the inner layers shall be governed by the construction of the cabling Fillers of suitable material shall be used in the intemices machine. h e cable where necessary t o give the completed cable of t a substantially circular cross section. 5.5 CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION 5.5.1 Power Cables When required, conductors shall be identified by any suitable means. 5.52 C o n t r o l cables M g t a p h delucd

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

S T D - N E M A W C 7-ENGL 19BB

bq70247 0 5 1 3 8 0 6 27b

WC 7-1988 Page 36

ICEA S-66-524

Section 6 TESTING AND TEST METHODS

6.1 TESTING All wires and cables shall be tested at the factory to determine their compliance with the requirementsgiven in Sections2,3,4,5, and 7 .When there is a conflict between the test methods given in Section 6 and publications of other organizations to which reference is made, the requirements given in Section 6 shall apply. Tests shall consist of the following, as required, namely, (1) tests on samples--see6.2 to 6.13. inclusive, and 6.17 lengths of completed and 6.18, (2) elecmcal tests on enrire cables-see 6.14 to 6.16, inclusive, and (3) conductor resistance tests-see 6.3-011 samples or on entire lengths of completed cables. The test methods described in Section 6 are not completely applicable to alltypes of wires and cables, nordo they include every test applicable to a particular type of wire and cable. To determine which tests are to be made, refer to the parts inthispublication that set forth the requirements to be met by the particular material or type of cable. 6.2 TESTS ON SAMPLES Tests shall be made onsamples selected at random. Each test sample shall be taken from the accessible end of different coils or reels. Each coil or reel selected and the corresponding sample shall be identified. The number and lengths of samples shall be as specified under the individual tests. 6.3 CONDUCTORTEST METHODS When samples are measured, they shall be selected in accordance with Table 6-2. 6.3.1 Method for M3 Resistance Deteminarion Measurementsshall be made eitheron a sample at least 12 inches (305 mm) long o r on the entire length of completed cable. When the nominal resistance is less than 1 ohm, the matsurement shall be made with a Kelvin-type bridge or a potentiometer. When the nominalrtsistance is 1 ohm or m m , the measurement shall be made with a Kelvin-type bridge, or a Wheatstone bridge, or a potentiometer. When measurements are made on a sample, eitha as original measurements or for verification, the following precautions shall be taken: 1. Current contacts shall be made in such a way as to assure essentially uniform c m t density among the wires.

2. W'henpotentialleadsareused,thedistancebetween

tachpotentialcontactandthecorrespMdinqcurrent
cantactshaUbeatleastequalto1%timcsthe circumferenceof the speci [Link] a Kelvin-type bridge is used, the yoke resistance (betwas reference standard and test specimen)shall be appeciablysnallathanthatofehhesthcrcfaenccslandard o r tbc t e s t specimen unless a suitable leadcanpensationisuscd,oritisknownthatthecoilandltad ratiosaresufficialtlybalanoedsothatvariationin yoke resistance will not &crease the bridge a u racy below that given in item 4. 3. The distance between potential electrodes shall be measured to an accuracy of 0.05 percent To assure this accuracy in measlrring the length between potential contacts, theSUrEace in contact with the test specimen shall be a substantially sharp knife edge. 4. Resistance measUremMtS shall be made 10 an accuracy of M . 1 5pemt To ensure a correct reading, the reference standard and the test specimenshould be allowed t o come to the same tempaahln as h e surrounding medium. ( I r the nfaarce smudard is made of manganin, it is possible t o obtain wmct readings with the test specimens at r e f tanperantres other than m m tanperature) 5. In all resistance measurements, the mmsuring current raises the temperature of the medium. 'Ihac fore, the magnitude of the c m t shall be low, and the time of its use short enough so that changes in
rtsistancecannOtbedet~tc4lwi~thtgalVananeter.

6. In bridge measurements. the potential conractrcsistance shall be as low as possible. If low contact m i s t a n c e cannot be achieved, appropriate w n m -

mistancecorrectivecircuitsshallbeusedTbeliminate crmrs due t ocomt t w o nadings.

onedirectandoncwithcurremrevasedshallbe
tairarindireCtsuccession.~~tsmaybemade

potential.

bytumingthcspccim~tndfatdandtcpeating [Link]
COWCtSShallbCdrtSaIllCtOminimiztillhbXd

m t a c t p o t c n t i a l s . L f t , h e " shall be cleamd.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

S T D = N E M A WC 7-ENGL L988
ICEA S-66-524

6 4 7 0 2 4 7 0513782 T02

W
WC 7-1992 Page 37

6.3.2

Methods for Cross-Sectional Area Determination

6.3.2.1CROSSECTlONAL AREA BY DIAMETER MEASUREMENT The cross-sectional area shall be calculated as follows:
n

Table 6 1 Factors for Converting Measured DC Resistance to 25C (7PF)

Tcmpereturc,

Dtgmsc
O

Multiplying Factor for Copper

Multiplying Factor for Aluminum

A = 10-3C d:
i=1

5
10

1.107 1.084 1.061 1.0.50 1.020 1 O .O O 0.981 0.963 0.945 0.928 0.912 0.8%

1.110 1 .O85 1.063 1.041 1.020 1 O .O O 0.981 0.962 0.944 0.927 0.910 0.894

Where: A = cross-sectionalarea in kcmil di = diameter of the ith wireinmils determined according to [Link] n = total number of wires in conductor
6.3.2.2CROSSECTIONAL AREA BY WEIGHT The cross-sectional area shall be determined in accordance with ASTMB 263. 6.3.3 Methods for Diameter Determination

15 20 25

30 35 40
45 50

55

60 0.881 0.878 6.3.3.1DIAMETER BY MICROMETERMEASUREMENT 65 O .866 0.863 70 0.852 0.849 Diameter measurements shall be made with a micrometer or other suitable instrument readable to at 0.838 75 0.835 be measured at each least O.OOO1 inch. Round wires shall 0.825 80 0.821 end of the sample and near the middle of the sample. 0.812 85 0.808 The average of the three measurements shall be taken 0.800 90 0.796 as the diameter. The correction factors are based upon copper having Stranded conductors shall be measured around the 100 percent conductivity and aluminum having61 percircumference of the conductor perpendicular to the cent conductivity. The factors are derived from the axis of the conductor and on the extensions of a line formulae: through the center of the conductor and through the 8 0 center of two wires in the outer layer that are 1 R1 = R2 259.5 for copper degrees apart. The average of three measurementsshall 234.5 T2 be taken as the diameter. R1 = R2 253 for aluminum 228 + T2 [Link] DIAMETER BY TAPE MEASUREMEM Where: A diameter tape readable to at least 0.005 inch shall R1 = Resistance at 25C be wrapped one turn (360") around the circumference R2 = Measured resistance at test temperature T2 of the conductor, tightly and perpendicular to the axis For more accurate determination of resistance, allow of the conductor. The average diameter of the conducfor different conductivities, see Copper Wire Tables, tor shall beread directly fromthe diameter tape. National Bureau of Standards Handbook 100 or Aluminum Wire Tables, National Bureau of Standards

Table 6-2

NUMBER OF SAMPLES
deleted

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1992 Page 38

ICEA S-66-524

Handbook 109 and ASTM B 193. (This paragraph is approved by NEMA as Authorized Engineering Information.)
6.4

TEST SAMPLES AND SPECIMENS FOR PHYSICAL AND AGING TESTS

[Link] MICROSCOPE MEASUREMENTS When a microscope is used, the maximum and minimum thickness shall be determined from a sDecimen cut perpendicular to the axis of the sample so as to expose the full cross-section. The average of these determinations shall be taken as the average thickness. 6.4.4 Sampling of Insulation for Physical and Aging Tests Samples of insulated conductors for the unaged and aged physical tests shall be selected in accordance with Table 6-4, except that samples for the solvent extraction testshall be selected i n accordance with 6.4.13. 6.4.5 Sampling Tests
~~ ~

6.4.1 General Physical and aging tests shall be those required by Sections 3,4, and 7. 6.4.2 Number

of Thickness Measurements

When the lot Of wire to be inspected consists Of coils or reels, or less, at least one determination of the thickness shall be made on each coil or reel. When the lot consists of more than two coils or reels and less than 20 coils or reels, at least one determination of the thickness shall be made on each of two coils or reels taken at random. If the lot consistsof 20 or more coils or reek, not less than 10 percent of the coils or reels shall be selected at random and at least one determination of the thickness shall be made on each coil or reel SO selected. In the case of multiple-conductor cables, the measurements shall be made on the individualconductors before they are cabled. Measurement 6.4.3 Table o f Thickness The measurement of thickness for cables with unbondedcomponentsshallbemade with either a micrometer or microscope but, for cables with bonded components, shall be made only with a microscope. The micrometer and microscope shall be capable of making measurements accurate to at least 0.001 inch. [Link] MICROMETER MEASUREMENTS When a micrometer is used, the average thicknessof immersion oil be taken as one-half of the difference the insulation shall between the mean of the maximum and minimum diameters over the insulationat one point and the average diameter over the conductor or any separator measured at the same point. The minimum thicknessof the insulation shall be taken as the difference between a measurement made over the conductor or any separator plus the thinnest insulationwall, and the diameter over the conductor or any separator. The first measurement shall be made after slicing off the thicker side of the insulation. The thickness of any separator shall not be included in the thickness of insulation. If the wire or cable has a jacket, the jacket shall be removed and the minimum and maximum thickness of the jacket determined dircctly with a micrometer. The average of these determinations shall be taken as the average thicknessof the jacket.

of Jacket for Physical and Aging

Samples of jacketed cable for the unaged and aged physical tests shall be selected in accordance with Table 6-5. No tests shall be made on jackets less than 30 mils (0.76 mm) i n thickness.

6.4.6 Number of Test Specimens

From each of the samples selected in accordance with 6.4.4 and 6.45, test specimens shall be prepared in 6-6. accordance with Table C6
Tola1 Number of Test Specimens
~~

For determination of unaged properties Tensile strength and ultimate elongation Permanent set For accelerated aging tests For Heat shock Heat distortion Cold bend Environmental cracking Absorption coefficient Striming
~~

3t

3t
3t

3t
1*

3t
1*
see 6.10.4 see 6.10.5

1*

'For the heat-shock,cold-bend, and stripping tests, only one specimen shall be tested. t o n e test specimen out of three shall be tested and the other two specimens held in rcsewe, exceptthatwhen only one sample is selected in accordance with 6.4.4 and 6.43,all three test specimens shall be tested, and the averageof the results reported.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

KEA S-66-524
Table 6-4 Number and Length of Samples
Quantity of Completed Ordered Cable
14

WC7-1988 Page 39

Conductor SizeNumber of meters kcmil

mm2

of Samples

Minimum Length of Each Sample conductor conductor fee meters

a..

Less than 1000 than Less

2OOO

Less than

610

than Less

250

Less than

127

none
1

305
610-15,240 305-7620 More than 7620

250 and larger Less than250 250 and larger

127 and larger none Less than 127

...
6

... ...
1.8

z o o o a , 0 0 0
F

1 O O O 2 5 O ,O O

127 and larger

127 and larger and larger

1
1

3
3 3

0.9
0.9

More than 25, 000

v

First 25,000 Each additional 25,000 More than 50,000 First 50,000 Each additional 50,000

First 7620 250 and larger Each additional 250 larger 127 and More than 15,240 First 15,240 Each additional than Less than Less

0.9

7620

250 127 than Less 250 127 than Less

1.8

1.8

15,240

Table &5 Number and Length of Samples

Quantity Completed of Cable Ordered meters Nominal Overall Diameter Cable of Number inches cable mm feet Each of Samples " m u m Length of Sample cable meters

feet

Less than 2OOO

Less than 1000 2000-50,000 1O00-25,000

More than 50,000 First 50,000 Each additional 50,000 More than 25,000 First 25, 000 Each additional

Less than610 Less than 305 610-15,240 305-7620

Less than1.0
1.0 and larger

Less than25.4 25.4 and larger Less than25.4

none none
1
1 1
1 1

...
a..

... ...
1.8
0.9 0.6

Less than1.0

6
3 2

1.0 and larger but 25.4 and larger but less than 2.0 less than 50.8 2.0 and larger 50.8 and larger Less than25.4 Less than 25.4

More than 15,240 Less than1.0 First 15,240 Each additional Less than1.0 15,240 More than 7,620 First 7620
1.0 and larger but 25.4 and larger but less than2.0 less than50.8
1

6 6

1.8
1.8

0.9

25,000
More than 25,000 First 25, 000 Each additional

Each additional 1.0 and larger but 25.4 and larger but 7620 less than less than 2.0 50.8 More than 7620 First 7620 2.0 and larger 50.8 and larger 50.8 and larger

0.9

1
1

2 5 , m

Each additional 2.0 and larger 7620

2 2

0.6 0.6

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

W C 7-88
WC 7-1988 Page 40
6.4.7 Size of Specimens

1 6470247

0009L02 T

r
ICEA S-66-524

The test specimens shall be prepared using either ASTM D412 Die B or E with specimenlength not less than 6 inches (152 mm) or ASTM D412 Die C or D with specimen length not less than 4.5 inches (114 mm). In the case of wire and cable smaller than size 6 AWG having an insulation thickness of 90mils (2.29 mm) or less, thetestspecimenshallbepermittedtobetheentiresection of the insulation. Whenthe full cross-section is used, the specimensshallnotbecutlongitudinally.1nthecaseofwire and cable size6AWG and larger, or in the case of wire and cable smaller than size 6 AWG having an insulation thicknessgreaterthan90mils([Link]), specimensrectangular in sectionwithcross-section a not greater than0.025 square inch (16 mm2) shallbe cut from the [Link] extreme cases, it may be necessary to use a segmental specimen. (This sentence is approved by NFMA as Authorized Engineering Information.) Specimensfor test onjacket compoundsshallbe taken from the completed wire or cable and cut parallel to the axis of the wire or cable. The test specimen shall be a segment cut with a sharp knife or a shaped specimencut out with adie and shall have a cross-sectional area not greater than 0.025 square inch (16 mm2) after irregularities, corrugations, and reinforcing cords or wires havebeen removed.
6.4.8 Preparation of Specimens of Insulation and Jacket

insulation. The height of the segment is the wall of insulation on theside from which the slice is taken. When the cross-section of the slice is not a segment of a circle, the area shall be calculated from a direct measurement of the volume or from the specific gravity and the weight of a known length of the specimen having a uniform cross-section. The values may be obtained from a table giving the areas of segments of a unit circle for the ratio of the height of the segment to the diameter of the circle. (This paragraph is approved by NEMA as Authorized Engineering Information,)
[Link] When the conductor is large and the insula-

) .

tion thin and when a portion of a sector of a circle has to be taken, the area shall be calculated as the thickness times the width. This applies either to a straight test piece or to one stamped out with a die and assumes that corrugations have been removed. (This paragraph is approved by NEMA as Authorized Engineering Information,)
[Link] When the conductor is large and the insula-

tion thickand when aportion of a sector of a circle has to betaken, the areashall be calculated as theproportional part of the area of the total cross-section.
[Link] The dimensions of specimensto be aged shall be determined before the aging test. 6.4.11PhysicalTestProcedures See 6.4 for 'Est Samples and Specimens. 6.4.1 1.I TEST TEMPERATURE

The test specimen shall have no surface incisions and shall be as free as possible from other imperfections. Where necessary, surface irregularitiessuch as corrugations due to stranding, and such, shall be removed so that the test specimen w i l l be smooth and of uniform thickness.
6.4.9 Specimen for Accelerated Aging Test Specimens shall not be heated, immersed in water, nor

Physical tests shall be made at a room temperature not less than 20C (68F)nor more than 28C (82.4"F). The test specimens shall be kept at room temperature for not less than 30 minutes prior to thetest.
6.4.1 1.2 m P E OF TESTING MACHINE

subjected to any mechanicalor chemical treatment not specifically described in this standard.
6.4.10 Calculation of Area of Test Specimens [Link] Where the total cross-section of the insula-

The testing machine shall be in accordance with 6.1 of ASTM D412.

6.4.1 1.3 TENSILE STRENGTH TEST

tion is used, the area shall be taken as the difference between the area of the circle whose diameter is the average outside diameter of the insulation and the area of the conductor. The area of a stranded conductor shall be calculated from its maximum diameter.
[Link] Where a slice cut from the insulation by a knife held tangent to the wire is used and when the cross-section of the slice of the cross-section of a segment of a circle, the area shall be calculated as that of the segment of a circle whose diameter is that of the

The tensile strength test shall be made with specimens prepared in accordance with 6.4.6 and [Link] length of all of the specimens for the test shall be equal. Gauge marks shall be 2 inches (50.8 mm) when using 6 inch (152.4mm) specimens and 1 inch (25.4mm) apart when using 4.5 inch (114.3mm) specimens exceptthat 1 inch (25.4 mm) gauge marks shallbe used for polyethylene regardless of specimen length. Specimens shall be placed in the jaws of the testing machine with amaximum distance between jaws of 4 inches (101.6 mm) except 2.5 inches (63.5 mm) for polyethylene. The

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

STDmNEMA WC 7-ENGL
ICEA S66-524

L988
WC 7-1992

Page 4 1
specimen shall be stretched at the rate of 20 inches (508 mm) per minute jaw speeduntil it breaks. The tensile and elongation determinations for compounds for which the compoundmanufacturer certifies that the base resin content is more than 50 percent by weight of density polyethylene (having a density of 0.926 Mglm or greater), or total base pol ethylene resin content (having a density of 0.926 Mg/mYor greater), or total base polyethylene resin content (having a density of 0.926 Mg/m3 or greater), shall be permitted to be tested at a jaw separation rate of 2 inches (51 mm) per minute as an alternate 20 to inches (508 mm) per minute. Specimensshallbreak between the gauge marks and the tensile strength shall be calculated on the area of the unstretched specimen. Specimen length, gauge mark distance, and jaw speed shall be recorded with the results.
6.4.12 Aging

Tests

[Link] AGING TEST SPECIMENS

hip

[Link] SET TEST

The set test shall be made on an unstretched test specimen having a length of not less than 6 inches (152 mm) and marked with gauge marks 2 inches (50.8 mm) apart. The specimenshall be placed in the jaws of the testing machine with a maximum distance between jaws of 4 inches (102 mm) and shall be stretched at the rate of 20 inches (508 mm) per minute (jaw speed) until the gauge marks are 6 inches (152mm) apart. The test specimen shall be held in the stretched position for 5 seconds, and the distance between gauge marks shall be determined 1 minute after the release of tension. The set is thedifferencebetween this distanceand the original 2 inch (50.8 mm) gauge length, expressed as a percentage.
6.4.11.5ELONGATION TEST

Elongation at rupture shall be determined simultaneously with the test for tensile strength and on the same specimen. The elongation shall be taken as the distance between gauge marks and rupture less 2 inches (50.8 mm), except 1 inch (25.4 mm) for polyethylene (the original gauge length of the test specimen). The percentage of elongation at ruptureis the elongation in inches divided by the original gauge length and multiplied by 100. Specimen length, gauge mark distance, and jaw speed shall be reported with results.
6.4.1 1.6 TENSILE STRESS TEST

Test Specimens of similar size and shape shall be prepared from each sample selected in accordance with 6.4.4 and 6.4.5, three for the determinationof the initial or unaged properties,andthree for each agingtest required for th insulation or jacket being tested. One specimen of each threeshall be tested andthe other two held as spares except that, where only one sample is selected, all three specimens shall be tested and the average of the results reported. In the case of wire and cable smaller than 6 AWG having an insulation thickness less than 90 mils(2.29 mm), the insulation shall be subjected to the aging condition with the conductor removed and each end of the specimen suitably pluBed. In the case of wire and cable 6 AWG and larger or with an insulation thickness of 90 mils (2.29 mm) or greater, samples shall be cut from the insulation with a cross-section not greater than 0.025 square inch (16 mm2). Die-cut specimens shall be smoothed before being subjected to the accelerated aging tests wherever the thickness of the specimen will be 90 mils (2.29 mm) or greater before smoothing. Simultaneous aging of different compounds should be avoided. (This sentence is approved by NEMA as Authorized Engineering Information.) The test specimens shall be suspended vertically in such a manner that they are not in contact with each other or with the sideof the oven. The aged specimens shall have a rest period of not less than 16 hours nor more than 96 hours between the completion of the aging tests and the determination of physical properties. Physical tests on both the aged and unaged specimens shall be made at approximately the same time.
6.4.12.2OXYGEN PRESSURE TEST

Paragraph deleted.

AIR O V E N TEST The test specimens shall be heated at the required temperature for the specified period in an oven having forced circulation of fresh air. The oven temperature shall be recorded automatically on a chart, and controlled to 21C.
[Link] [Link] OIL IMMERSION TEST FOR CROSS-LINKED (THERMOSET) JACKET

The tensile stress test shall be made in conjunction with the tensile strength test by recording the load when the gauge marks indicate that the specimen is at its prescribed elongation. The tensile stress shall be calculated in accordance with ASTM D412. The tensile stress shall be calculatedon the area of theunstretched specimen.

The test specimens shall be completely immersed in ASTM Oil No. 2, described in Table 1of ASTM D471, at 12loC+1"Cfor 18 hours. The specimens shall then be removed from the oil, blotted lightly to remove excess

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

~~

~~

S T D - N E M A WC 7-ENGL 3 9 8 8
WC 7-1 992 Page 42 oil, and suspended in air at room temperature for 4 hours, 4 t c L hour, after which they shall be tested for tensile strength and elongation. The calculations for tensile strength shall be based on the cross-sectionalarea of the specimen obtained before be based immersion in oil. Likewise, the elongation shall on the gauge marks applied to the specimen before immersion inthe oil.
OIL lMMERslON TESTFOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE JACKET The test specimens shall be immersed in ASTM O i l No. 2 , described i n Table 1of ASTM D 471, at 70C 1C for 4 hours. At the end of this time, the specimens shall be removed fromthe oil, blotted to remove excess oil, and allowed to rest at room temperature for a period of 16 to % hours. The tensile strength and elongation of the specimens shall then be determined in accordance with 6.4.11 at the same time that the origina1properties are determined.
[Link]

6470247 0533785 7 1 1
ICEA S66-524

[Link] TEST SPECIMENS For each test, three test specimens, each approximately 6 inches (152 mm long and not greater than 0.025 square inch (16 mm ) i n cross-section, shallbe cut out of the test sample with a die. All three test specimens shall be tested and the results averaged.

[Link] ELONGATION This test shall be conducted in accordance with 6.4.11 and 6.4.12. [Link] B R ~ E N E S TEST S This test shall be conducted in accordance with ASTM D 7 4 6 , using Specimen A. 6.4.16 Retests for Physical and Aging Properties and Thickness If any test specimen fails to meet the requirements of any test, either before or after aging, that test shall be repeated on two additional specimens taken from the same sample. Failure of either of the additional specimens shall indicate failure of the sample to conform to this standard. If the thickness of the insulation or of the jacket of any coil or reel is found to be less than the specified value, that coil or reel shall be considered as not conforming to this standard, and a thicknessmeasurement on each of the remaining coilsor reels shallbe made. When ten or more samples are selected from any single lot, all coils or reels shall be considered as not conforming to this standard if more than 10 percent of the samples fail to meet the requirements for physical and aging properties and thickness. If 10 percent or less fail, each coil or reel shall be tested and shall be judged upon the results of such individual tests. Where the number of samples selected in any single lot is less than ten, all coils or reels shall be considered as not conforming to this standard if more than 20 percent of the samples fail. If 20 percent or less fail, each coil, reel, or length shall be tested and shall be judged upon the results of such individual tests. 6.5 CAPACITY AND POWER FACTOR TESTS

6.4.13 Hot CreepTest

The hot creep test shall be determined in accordance with ICEA Publication T-28-562. When samples are measured, they shall be selected in accordance with NEMA Standards PublicationNo. W C 54ACEA T-26-465, Plan D.
6.4.1 4 Solvent Extraction

The solvent extraction shall be determined in accordance withASTM D2765

6.4.15 Physical Test for Semiconducting Material Intended for Extrusion [Link] TESTSAMPLE

One test sample shall be molded from each lot of semiconducting material intended for extrusion onthe cable.

is applicable only to power cables 6.5.1 This test rated 5001 voltsandabove. The test sample shall be insulated conductor prior to the taken from the application any of coverings. When samples are measured,theyshallbeselectedinaccordancewith NEMA Standards PublicationNo. WC 54/ICEA T-26465, Plan E. The gross length of each sample shall be 13 feet (3.96 meters) for cables rated 15,000 volts and less an 17feet(5.18meters)forcablesratedabove 15,000 volts.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

STD=NEMA WC 7-ENGL3788h4702470533786
ICEA S66-524

658
WC 7-1 992 Page 43

6.5.2 The capacity and power factor shall be measured on suitable 60 Hz equipment after the test sample has been immersed in waterat room temperature for at least 24 hours. The measurements shall be made at the rated test. voltage to ground of the cable under

6.6

ACCELERATED WATER ABSORPTION TESTS

6.7 THICKNESS OF TAPES
Deleted.
6.7.1 Compound-Fill4 Tape Compound-filled tape, when not bonded to the insulation, shall be removed from no less than 6 inches (152 mm) of the insulated conductor or assembled core. The thickness of the tapeshall be determinedby means of a dial micrometer having a presser foot 0.25 inch (6.35 mm)+.0.01 inch (2.54 mm) i n diameter and exerting a total force of 3.020.1 ounces (8523 grams), the load being applied by means of a weight. Fivereadings shall be taken at different points on the sample, and the average of these readings shall be taken as the thickness of the tape.

6.7.2 Metallic Shielding Tape o r Steel Tape Metallic shielding tape or steel tape shall be removed from no less than 6 inches (152 mm) of the insulated conductor orassembled core. The thickness of the tape shall be determined by means of a dial micrometer having a presser foot 0.25 inch (6.35 mm)+0.01 inch i n diameter and exerting a total force of 3.020.1 ounces (8523 grams), the load being applied by means of a weight. Five readings shall be taken at different points on the sample, and the average of these readings shdl be taken as the the thickness of the tape.

6.8 THICKNESS OF METALLIC SHEATHS The thickness of the sheath shall be determined by measurements made with a micrometer caliper having arounded anvil. The measurements shall be made directly on two specimens of the sheath removed from the cable, one from each endof the reellength. At least five separatemeasurements, approximately equally spaced around the circumference, shall be made on each specimen, and theaverage of all the measurements on the two specimens shall be considered as the average thickness of the sheath, The minimum of all of the measurements obtainedshall be considered as the minimum thickness of the sheath. Specimens of the sheath shall be free from external mechanical injury, not less than 3 inches (76.2 mm) long, axis, and shall be with the endscut perpendicular to the taken before the cable is shipped.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

~~

S T D - N E M A WC 7-ENGL L988
WC 7-1992

6470247 0533787 5 9 4

ICEA S66-524

Page 44

6.9 THICKNESS OF JUTE BEDDINGS AND SERVINGS The thickness of jute bedding under the armor shall be determined by the use of a diameter tape and shall be considered as Yi of the difference in the measurements under and over the serving. The measurement in each case shall be the average of five readings taken at different points along the serving. 6.10 TESTS FOR THERMOPLASTIC JACKETS 6.10.1 Heat

the end of this period, the thickness, T2, shall be read on the dial of the gauge. The distortion shall becalculated as Distortion,percent - T1-T2 x T1

Shock

S a P l e s (see 6e4.5) of Polyvinyl-chloride-jacketed wire or cable shall be wound tightlyaround a mandrel having a diameter in accordance with Table 6-8, held firml;in place, and subjected to a temperature of 12l0C21"Cfor 1hour.

6.10*3 COM Bend The test specimen shall be subjected to the specified temperature for 1 hour and then bent 180 degrees around a mandrel having a diameter in accordance with Table 6-9 immediately upon its removal from the cooling chamber. The bend shall be made at a uniform rate, and the time required shall net exceed 1minute.

Table 6-9
Outside Diameter of Wire or Cable inches mm Diameter or Mandrel as a Multiple of the Outside Diameter of Cable

eat

6.10.2 6.1 0.2.1 TESTSPECIMEN

0-20.32

0-0.800 0.801 and over 20.35 and over

8
10

A sample ofthe jacket approximately 8 inches (203,

mm) long shall be prepared to have a thickness of 50 *lo mils(1.27 0.254 mm) [Link]

6.10.4

Environmental cracking

this sample,testspecimens(see6.4.5) 1 inch(25.4 mm) longand9/16inch(14.3 mm) 21/16inchwide shall be prepared. Where the diameter of the cable does not permit thepreparation of a specimen9/16inch (14.3 mm) wide, a molded sheet of the same compound used. be may The thickness of the specimen, Tl,shall be gauge, or measured with a Randall & Stickney equivalent, having a 318 inch (9.5 mm) foot with no loading other than the 85 grams of the gauge.

Except as otherwise Specified in [Link] and [Link], this test shallbe made in accordance withASTMD1693.

[Link] TEST

SPECIMEN

[Link] TEST PROCEDURE The followingsteps shall be completed in three hours. The Randell & Stickney gauge, or equivalent, with a load of 2OOO grams on the foot shall be placed in an oven which is preheated to the specified temperature. At the PRoCEDURE end of 1hour, the test specimen shall be placed in the The specimensshall be bent with the slit on the outside oven,and both the gauge and the test specimen shall and placed in a test tube 200 mm long and 32 mm in remain in the oven for 1hour. At the end of this 1-hour outside diameter. The cracking agent (Igepal CO-630, period, the specimen shall be placed directly under the made by the GAF Corporation, or its equivalent) shall foot of the gauge and allowed to remain in the oven be added to completelycover the specimen. The test under load for 1hour at the specified temperature. At tube, suitably closedby means such as foil-covered cork, Table 6-8
Outside Diameter of Wire or Cable incha mm Number of Adjacent Turns Diameir of Mandrel as a Mutiple of lhe Outside Diameter of Cable

The number and length of samples shall be selected in accordance with 6.4.5. Three testspecimensapproximately 1.5 inches (38.1 mm) long, 0.5 inch (12.7 mm) wide, and 0.125 inch (3.18 mm) thick from each sample shall be molded from material taken from the completed cable. Thetemperature of the molded specimens shall be lowered at any suitable rate. A slit made with a razor blade, approximately0.75 inch (19.0 mm) long and from 0.020 to 0.025 inch (0.51 to 0.64 mm) deep, shall be centrally located on one of the 1.5 inch by 0.5 inch (38.1by12.7 mm) surfaces.

M.750 19.08-38.10 0.751-1.500 1.501 and larger

Ck19.05

6 180-degreebend 180-degreebend

3 8
12

38.13 and larger

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

ICEA S-66-524

WC 7-1988 Page 45
Table 6-10
Conductor Size, AWG or kcmil

8-2 6 6.10.5 Absorption Coefficient Test for Jackets 8 1-310 The number and length of samples shall be selected in 4/0-500 10 accordance with 6.4.5. Three test specimens shall be Over 500 12 taken from each sample. One test specimen out of three shall be tested, and the other two specimens held in The sample shall be mounted withthe apex of the U reserve, except that when only one sample is selected in above and in contact with a smooth metal plate and with accordance with 6.4.5, all three test specimens shall be the legs of the U perpendicular to the plate. After not tested and the average of the results reported the abless than 30minutes nor more than 45 minutes following sorption coefficient of polyethylene jacket compounds the bending,a source of 60 Hz ac potential of 125 volts shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 3349. per mil of nominal insulation thickness shall be applied between the conductor and the metal plate. This poten6.1 1 TESTS FOR DISCHARGERESISTANCE tial shallbe maintained continuously for at least 6 hours. This test shall be made at room temperature. 6.11.1 General The samples shall be taken from the completed cable. 6.11.4TrackResistance No sample shall be taken fromthe first 5000 feet (1524 meters). One sample shallbe taken fromthe fvst 5001 6. I1.4.1 METHOD A to 20,000 feet (1524 to 6096 meters) of each cable conThe track resistance shallbe determined in accordstruction and one additional sample for each additional ance with ASTM D2132 modified as follows: 100,OOO feet (30,480meters). 1. Three test specimens of insulated conductor, each 5lh inches (140 mm) long, shallbe used. 6.1 1.2 Specific Surface Resistivity. 2. Seven electrodesshall be appliedtoeachtest A sample of the completed cable of suitable length space specimen, with 344 a inch (19 mm) minimum shallbe immersed, except for the ends, in water at room betweeneachelectrode. Each electrode shall temperature for 48 hours. Atthe end of this period, the consist of at least one turnof a 12 AWG coated sample shall be removed from the water. The excess copper wire wrapped tightly around the insulated surface moisture shall be wiped off withblotting paper conductor. and the sample allowed to remain at room temperature 3. Three test specimens shall be placed horizontally for 10 minutes. Tho 1 inch-(25.4 mm-) wide foil elecin the test chamber at right angles tothe axis of trodes shall be wound around the cable surface with a 6 the spray and equidistant from the nozzle. The inch (152mm) spacing. A 250-500 volt dc potential shall upper half of each specimen shall be dusted. The be applied between the two electrodes and the resisdust shall then be removed for approximately a tance shallbe measured in accordance with ASTM D V32-inch (0.79-mm) width immediately adjacent 257. The specific surface resistivity shall be calculated to both sides of the three electrodes that are to be by the following formula: energized. P = 0.524 RD 4. The end electrodes, each alternate electrode and the conductor in each test specimenshall be Where grounded. A 60 Hz potential shall be applied to P = Specific surface resistivity. the remaining three electrodes of each specimen. R = Surface resistancein megohms per 6-inch spac5. The test potential shall be raised to1500volts and ing. the fog deposits adjusted to give a current beD = Cable diameter in inches. tween 4 and 10 milliamperes. Failure occurs when 6.11.3 U-Bend Discharge the circuit breaker trips. A sample of the completed cable shall be bent, in theNOTE-For further information, see IEEETransactions on Power form of a U, 180 degrees around a mandrelhaving a Apparatus and Systems, Volume 84,1965, p. 815 (paper 31 TP6), Discharge Resistant Characteristics of Polyethylenes for Wire and diameter in accordance with Table 6-10.
B

shall be placedinanovenat 5O"Cfl"C for 48 hours. At the end of this period,the specimens shall be removed, allowed to cool to room temperature, and inspected for cracking.

Diameter of Mandrel as a Mulliple of lhe Oulside Diameter Cable of

Cable by E. K. Duffy, S. Jovanovitch, and I.J. Marwick. (For the purposes of N E M A , this note is approved as Authorized Engineering Information).

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1988

Page 46
[Link] METHOD B The track resistance shallbe determined in accordance with the following: 1. The test specimen shallbe a strip approximately 2 inches (50.8 m m ) long and at least 60 mils (1.52 mm)thick and shall be taken from the outside of the insulation. The conductor shield shall be removed. 2. An electrode shall be attachednear one end of the specimen andto the surface that was the outside surface of the insulation. 3. The specimen shall be immersed in an 0.1 percent solution of ammonium chloride at ground potential until the electrode contacts the surface of the solution and then withdrawn 1inch (25.4mm) of its immersed length. This procedure shall be of repeated four times per minute for a minimum ten cycles and a maximum o f fifty cyclesor until failure occurs, Failure occurs when arc is anmaintained for two successive cycles between the electrode and solution across 1inch ofspecimen. 4. A 60 Hz test potential shall be applied to the electrode attached to the specimen. The tracking voltage is the voltage at which no failures occur five consecutive test specimens.
NOTE-For further information, see IEEETransactions on Electrical Insulation, December 1967, Vol. EI-2, No.3, p. 137 (Paper 31 T P 6 6 3 6 0 ) Dip-TrackTest , byC.F. Wallaceand C.A. Bailey. (Forthe purposes of NEMA, this note is approvedas Authorized Engineering Information).

ICEA S-66-524
Where P = Volume resistivity in ohms-meters. R = Measured resistance in ohms. D = Diameter overthe conductor stress control layer in inches. d = Diameter overthe conductor in inches. L = Distance between potential electrodes in inches.
6.12.3 Insulation Shield Four silver-painted annular-ring electrodes shall be applied to the surface of the insulation shield layer. The (50.8 two potential electrodes shall be at least 2 inches mm)apart. A current electrode shall be placed at least 1 inch(25.4mm)beyondeachpotentialelectrode. accuracy is notrequired,thistest h e n a high degree of may be made with only two electrodes spaced at least 2 inches (50.8 mm) apart. The power of the test circuit shall not exceed 100 milliwatts. The test shall be made at the specified temperature with either ac or dc voltage. The voltage resistivity shall be calculated as follows: 2R(D2-d2) P= 100L on Where P = Volume resistivity in ohm-meters. R = Measured resistance in ohms. D = Diameterover the insulationshieldlayerin inches. d = Diameter over the insulation in inches, L = Distance between potential electrodes in inches.

6.12.4 Stripping Test 6.12.1 Test Sample Test samples and specimens shallbe selected in accordance with lhbles 6-5 and 6-6. The test specimen One sample shall be taken from each lot or from each shall be approximately 15inches (381 mm) long, and all 25,000 feet of completed cable, whichever is less. coverings over the extruded insulation shield shall be 6.12.2ConductorStressControl removed. Starting at one end, two parallel longitudinal cuts M The samples shall be cut in half longitudinally the and inch (12.7 mm) apart and not less than 12 inches (305 conductor [Link]-painted electrodes mm) long shall be made through the insulation shield. shall be applied to the conductor stress control layer. The specimen shall be rotated 180 degrees and two The two potential electrodes shall be at least 2 inches be made starting from the same end. (50.8 mm) apart. A current electrode shall be placed atidentical cuts shall m ) beyond each potential electrode. Each M inch (12.7mm) strip shall be peeled back from least 1inch (25.4m of 2 inches(50.8 mm), When a high degree of accuracy is not required, this the test cut end for a distance may be made with only two electrodes spaced at least 2 The specimen shall be mounted horizontally in a testing machine and secured at each end. The 2 inch(50.8 inches (50.8 mm) apart. mm) end of the peeled strip shall be gripped in the The powerof the test circuit shall not exceed 100 testing machine in sucha manner that it can be pulled milliwatts. The test shall be made at the specified at an angle of 90 degrees to the cable axis. temperature with either ac or dc voltage. Each strip shall be peeled the from cable at a constant The volume resistivity shall be calculated as follows: speed not exceeding M inch (12.7 mm) per second for a distance of not less than 10 inches (254 mm). R(D2-d2) P= The angle of pull shall be maintained as close as l00L possible to90 degrees throughoutthe test.

6.12 VOLUME RESlSTlMTY

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

ICEA S-66-524

WC 7-1988 Revision 2

Page 47
The tension necessary to remove the strip shall be monitared continuously, and the minimum value shall be recorded.
s t a n d a r d If both such second samples pass the test,the lot of cable (except t h elength representedby the fmt sample), shall be considered as meeting the requirements of t h i s

6.125 Flame Test Paragraph deleted. [Link] Paragraph deleted [Link] Paragraph deleted 6.1 2.5.3 Paragraph deleted. 6.13 RETESTS FOR TESTS ON SAMPLES Except physical and aging t e s t s 6.4.16. 6.13.1 If all of thesamplespasstheapplicable tests described in6.5 through 6.12 and 6.17 and 6.18, the lotof cable that they represent shall be considered as meeting the requirements of this srandard. 6.13.2 If any sample fails to pass these tests, the length of cable from which the sample was taken shallbe considered a s not meeting the requirements of this srandard and another sample shallbe taken from each of the two other lengths of the cable in the lotof cable under test If either of the second samples fails to pass thetest, the lot of cable shall be considered as not meeting the requirements of t h i s

Standard.

6.133 Failure of any sample shall not preclude resunpling and retesting the l e n g t h of cable from which the Miglnal sample was t a k e n . 6.13a TEAR TEST

TheteartestshaIlbemadeonaminimurnofsixindividual test specimens prepared as follows:

Eachspecimenshallbecutwithasharpknifeordie.
After i r r e g u l a r s ,cuxrugarions, and reinforcing

cords or

wireshave~nremoved~htestspecimenshallhanthe dimensions shown in Figure 6-1, shall be not m#t than 0.150 inch (3.81 mm) and not lessthan 0 . 0 4 0 inch (1.02 mm) thick. Specimens shall be cut longitudinally with a new razor blade t o apoint 0.150 inch (3.81 mm) fmm the
wider end. The two halves of the split end of the test specimen shall be placed in the jaws of the testing machine and the jaws separated a t a rateof 20 inches (508 mm) +lo percent per minute. The tearresistance shall be determined by dividing o tear the section by the theload in pounds required t thickness of the test specimen in inches. The average of the results obtained on alltest specimens shall be considered as the value of the tear resistance.

Rwr, 6 1 TEST SPECIMEN FOR TEAR TEST

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1988 Revision% Page 4 8

6.13a.l Retests When the t e a rresistance of the f m t set of six specimens fails t o meet the requirements, two additional sets of six specimens shall be tested. Failure of either of the additional sels of specimens shall indicate failure of the sample to conform with this Standard. ELECTRICAL TESTS ON COMPLETED CABLES 6.14 VOLTAGE TESTS 6.14.1 General These t e s t s consist of voltage tests on each length of completed cable. Except for the dc spark test and the ac spark test, the voltage shall be applied between the conductor or conductors and the metallic sheath, metallic shield, metallic armor, or water, and the rate of increase fromthe initially appliedvoltagetothespecifiedtest voltage shall be approximately uniform and shall be not more h a n 100 percent in 10 seconds nor less than 100 percent in 60 seconds.

ICEA s-66-524

6.14.2 AC Vottage l e s t Thistestshallbemadewithanaltematingpotentialfrom a transformer and generator of ample capacity but in no caseless than 5 h a . The frequency of the test voltage shall benominallybetween25and60Hzandshallhaveawave shape approximatinga sine wave as closely a s possible. The initially appliedac test voltage shall be not gream than the rated ac voltage ofthe cable u n &test. The duration of theac voltage test shall te 5 minutes. 6.143 DC Vottage Test This test is applicableto cables without insulationshield rated up through 5000 volts and to all cables rated 5001 volts and above and shall be made after the insulation resistance test &scribed in 6.15. The quipment for the dc voltage test shall consist of a b a a e r y , generator ar suitable rectifying equipment andshall be of ample capacity. The initially applied dc voltage shall be not greater than 3.0 times the rami ac voltage of the cable.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

STDaNEMA WC 7-ENGL 1988

ICE3 S-66-524

D 6470247 0513788 420

WC 7-1992 Page 49

The duration of the dc voltage test shall be 15 minutes for cables with insulation shield and 5 minutes for cables without insulation shield.
6.14.4

AC Spark Test

[Link] APPLICATION This test shall apply to single-conductor cable and

assemblies of single-conductor cables rated O through 2000 volts. This test shall not apply to: 1. Multiconductor cables other than assemblies of single-conductor cables; 2. Cables with insulation shield; 3. Cables with metallic sheath or armor; 4. Assemblies containing uninsulated conductors; and/or 5. Cables rated above 2000 volts.
6.14.4.2TEST APPARATUS

F = Frequency in Hertz. EL = Electrode length in inches. 2. Equivalent Metric Formula for Determining Maximum Speed of Cable MS = ~ S O X F X E L Where MS = Maximum speed in meters per minute. F = Frequency in Hertz. EL = Electrode length in millimeters.
FAILURE Any indication by the fault indicator shall constitute a failure.
[Link] 6.14.5

DC Spark Test

The test apparatus shall consist of 1 . A source of single-phase ac potential capable of maintaining the requiredvoltage under all normal leakage current conditions; 2. Anelectrodecapable of maintaining contact, throughout its length, with the periphery of the cable under test; 3. A means of measuring voltage between electrode and ground; and/or 4. A means of indicating a fault (failure).
[Link] TEST PROCEDURE

One side of the potential source shall be connected to the electrode and the other side of the potential source shaU be connected to ground. The conductor(s) in the cable shall be tested assure to continuitywhengrounded at one or both ends. All ground connections shall be bonded (common). The fault indicator shall be connected to indicate abnormal current between electrode and ground. length After thespecified voltage is applied, the entire of cable shall bepassed through theelectrode in a manner and at a speed such that every section of cable surface will have maintained electrode contact for not less than 18 positive and negative voltage crests. The maximum speed of the cable under test may be determined in either U.S. customary units or in metric equivalents as follows ( T h i s paragraph has been approved by NEMA as Authorized Engineering Information.): 1. U.S. Customary Units Formula for Determining Maximum Speed of Cable MS = .%xFxEL WhereMS = Maximum speed in feet per minute.

This test is applicable to single-conductor cables and assemblies of insulated single-conductor cables without insulation shield and without metallic sheath or metaILic armor ratedO through 2000volts. The equipment for the dc spark test shall consist of a dc sparker of ample voltage and a suitable electrode. The sparker shall be capable of maintaining the specified test voltage under all normal conditions of leakage current. The voltage shall be applied between the outside surface of the cable and the conductor(s)for not less than 0.05 second. The conductor(s) shall be grounded. The electrode shall make contact with the entire exposed surface of a single-conductor cable and of an assembly of twisted single-conductor cables. Where an assembly of twisted single-conductor cables is subjected to the dc spark test, the individual conductors shall be similarly tested prior to assembly.
6.14.6 Cables Without Metallic Sheath, Metallic Shield, 01 Metallic Armor

Except for the dc spark test (see 6.14.5) and the ac spark test (see 6.14.4),single-conductor cables of this type which are twisted together intoan assembly of two or more conductors without an overall jacket or covering shall be immersed in water for at least 1 hour; all other single-conductor and multiple-conductor cables of this type shall be immersed in water for at least 6 hours and testedwhile stillimmersed. Each insulated conductor shall be tested against all other conductors connected to the grounded water tanks.
6.14.7 Cables with Metallic Sheath, Metallic Shield, or Metallic Armor

All cables of this type shall be testedwith the metallic sheath, shield or armor grounded, without immersion in water, at the test voltage specified. For cables having a metallic sheath, shield, or armor over the individual conductor(s), the test voltage shall be applied between the insulated conductor(s) and ground. For muitiple-

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1992 Page 50
R = KlOglO

ICEA S-66-524

D d

conductor cables w i t h nonshielded individual conductors having a metallic sheath, shield,or armor over the cable assembly, the test voltage shall be applied between each insulated conductor and all other conductors and ground
6.14.8 Vottage Jests after lnstalbtion If voltage tests are made after installation, they shall be made immediately. The test voltage shall be a dc n voltage as given in Table 6-11 and shall be applied i accordance with 6.14.1 and 6.143. Table 6 1 1 DC Test Voltages After installation, kV
Rated Circuit Vollrrst, PhaSt-to-Phw Voll5

WhereR = Insulation resistancein megohms-1000 feet. K = Constant for the grade of insulation. (See Part 3) D = Diameter-over the insulation. d = Diameter under the insulation.
If the temperature at the time of measurement differs from 15.6"C (60F),theinsulationresistance shall be corrected to that at 15.6"C (60F) by multiplying the measured vaIue the by proper in Table 6-13, using the correction factor given coefficient (see 6.12.3) for the particular grade of insulation and temperature in question. The temperature be notlessthan 10C (50F)nor ofthewatershall more than 29.4OC (85F). 6.15.3 Determination of Temperature Correction Factors for Insulation Resistance Three samples, preferably of 14 AWG solid wire with a 45 mil (1.14 mm) wall of insulation, shall be selected as representative of the insulation under consideration. The samples shall be of sufficient length to yield insulation resistance values under 25OOo megohmsat the lowest waterbath temperature. The threesamples shall be immersed in a water bath i t h heating, cooling, and circulating facilities equipped w with the ends of the samples extended at least 2 feet (0.6 meter) above the surface of the water and properly prepared for minimum leakage. The samples shall be left in the water at room temperature for 16hours before adjusting the bath temperature to10C or beforetransferring the samples to a 10C test temperaturebath. The resistance of the conductor shall be measured at suitable intervals until it remains unchanged for at least 5 minutes. The insulation will then be at the temperature of the bath as read on the baththermometer. Insulation resistance shall then be measured i n accordance with 6.152. Each of the three samples shall be exposed to successive watertemperatures of 10,16,22,28, and 35C and returning 28,22,16 and 10C. Insulation resistance readings shall be taken at each temperature after equilibrium has been established. The two sets of readings taken at the same temperature shall be averaged and, together with the reading at 35"C, plotted on semi-log paper. The insulation resistance valce at 156C (60F) shall be readfrom the plot. The 055C (1F) coefficient shall be calculated by dividing the insulation resistance at 156C (60F) by that at 16.1"C (61F).
6.16

T e l Voltage, kV Conductor 100 Percent 133 Perccnl SIZC, AwG or kcmil Insulation InsulaLion
Lcvcl
Lcvel
~

~-

~~

~-

2001- 5000 5001- 8000 8001-15000 15001-25OOo 25001-28OOo 28001-35000

&lo00
b W l O

25

25
35
65 100

2-1000 1-lo00 1-lo00

35. 55 80
85
100

1/0-1o00

... ...

6.15 INSULATION RESISTANCE 6.15.1 Test Apparatus The test apparatus shall consist of a source of constant potential of 100 to 500volts and such other apparatus as is listed in ASTM D257. 6.1 5.2 Test Procedure

Single conductor cables shallbe tested between the conductor and metallic sheath or water. Multiple conductor cables with nonshielded conductors shall be tested between each conductor andall other conductors [Link]-conductorcables w i t h shielded conductors shall be tested between the conductor and shield. The conductor under test shall be connected to the and readings negativeterminalofthetestequipment shall be taken after an electrification of 1 minute. Each coil, reel or lengthof wire or cable shall have an insulation resistance in megohms-1000 feet at a temperature of 156C (6OOF)of not less than the value of R calculated as follows:

Deleted

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

ICEA S-66-524
Table 6-12 Temperature Correction Factors for Insulation Resistance to 15.6"C (6OOF)
Temperature Coefficient for lop 1 . 0 3
1 . 0 4
1.0s

WC 7-1988 Page 51

op

oc
10.0 10.6 1 1 . 1 11.7 12.2 12.8
13.3 13.9 14.4 15.0 15.6

1 . 0 6

1.07 1 . 0 9

1 . 0 8

1.10

1 . 1 1

1.12

50

0.75 0.77 0.79 0.82 0.84 0.87 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00 1.03 1 . 0 6 1.09 1 . 1 3 1.16 1.20 1 . 2 3 1.27 1.31 1.35 1.39 1.43 1.47 1.52 1.56 1.61 1.66 1.71 1.76 1.81 1.87 1.92 1.98 2.04 2.10

0.68 0.70 0.73 0.76 0.79 0.82

0.86 0.89 0.93 O.% 1.00

51 52 53 54 55
56 57 58 59 60

0.62 0.65 0.68 0.71 0.75 0.78 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00

0.56

0.59 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.75 0.76 0.84 0.90 0.95 1.00
1 . 0 6 1.13 1.19 1.26 1.34

0.51 0.54 0.58 0.62 0.67 0.71 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.94
1 . 0 0

0.46 0.50 0.54 0.58 0.63 0.68

0.74 0.80 0.86 0.93 1.00 1.08 1.17 1.26 1.36 1.47 1.59 1.72 1.85 2.00 2.17 2.34 2.53 2.72 2.94 3.18 3.43 3.70 4.00 4.33 4.67

0.42

0.46 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65

0.71 0.78 0.85 0.92 1.00 1.09 1.19 1.30 1.41 1.54 1.69 1.84 1 . 9 9 2.18 2.38 2.59 2.82 3.08 3.35 3.65 3.98 4.34 4.73 5.16 5.61 6.12 6.69 7.28 7.92 8.67

0.38 0.42 0.47 0.51 0.56 0.62

0.69 0.76 0.83 0.91 1.00
1.10 1.21 1.34 1.47 1.62

0.35 0.39 0.43 0.48 0.54 0.60 0.66 0.73 0.82 0.90 1.00
1 . 1 1 1.24 1.38 1.53 1.70
1 . 8 8

0.32 0.36 0.40 0.45 0.51 0.57

0.64 0.71 0.80 0.89 1.00

61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
~~

16.1 16.7 17.2 17.8 18.3 18.9 19.4 20.0 20.6 21.1 21.7 22.2 22.8 23.3 23.9 24.4 25.0 25.6 26.1 26.7 27.2 27.8 28.3 28.9 29.4

1.04 1.08 1.13 1.17 1.22 1.27 1.32 1.37 1.43 1.48 1.54 1.60 1.67 1.74 1.80 1.87 1.95 2.02 2.11 2.19 2.28 2.37 2.47 2.57 2.67

1.05 1.10 1.16 1.22 1.28

1.35 1.41 1 . 4 8 1.55 1.63 1.72 1 . 8 0 1.89 1.98 2.08 2.19 2.30 2.41 2.53 2.66 2.80 2.94 3.08 3.23 3.40

1.07 1 . 1 5 1.23 1.31 1.40 1.50 1.62 1.72 1.84 1.97 2.11 2.26 2.42 2.58 2.76 2.96 3.17 3.39 3.62 3.87 4.15 4.43 4.72 5.04 5.42

1.12 1.27 1.42 1.58 1.78 1.98 2.21 2.48 2.77 3.10 3.46 3.90 4.37 4.88 5.47 6.12 6.85 7.68 8.59 9.65 10.8 12.1 13.6 15.2 17.0

1.42 1.51 1.60 1.69 1.79 1 . 9 0 2.02 2.14 2.27 2.40 2.54 2.70 2.86 3.03 3.21 3.40 3.60 3.82 4.05 4.30

1.78 1.96 2.15 2.36 2.60 2.87 3.15 3.46 3.81 4.19 4.61 5.08 5.59 6.14 6.72 7.43 8.18 9.00 9.90 10.8

2.09 2.31 2.57 2.85 3.17 3.52 3.90 4.31 4.78 5.30 5.88 6.51 7.27 8.07 8.98 9.92 11.0 12.2 13.5

71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85

5.04 5.45 5.89 6.35 6.84

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC
WC 7-1988

7-68

6 4 7 0 2 4 7 oooq114

r
ICEA S-66-524

Page 52
6. i 7 METHOD FOR FLEXIBILITY TESTFOR

The capacityG, in picofarads, shall be measured at CONTINUOUSLY CORRUGATED ARMOR the required temperature using a suitable bridge and a 60 Hz potential. The specimen shall be held at the A suitable length of armored cable with jacket required temperature for at least 15 minutes prior to removed, if any, shallbe bent in aUbend around a measurements. mandrel havinga diameter equal to notgreater but than The geometric capacitance C , in picofarads, shall be 14 times the cable diameter with sufficient tension so it calculated for the 12 inch (30.5 mm) specimen as folconforms closely to the periphery of the cylinder, lows: straightened, and then bent 180 degrees in the reverse direction completing one cycle. The rate of bend shall D = 7.354/loglo -;r be such that the test is completed within1minute. The test is performed at room temperature. The ratio of measured capacitance divided by the geometric capacitance, C/Co, shall be the permittivity METHOD FOR DETERMINING (S.I.C.) of the stress control material. PERMITTIVITY (S.I.C.) AND DIELECTRIC Following the capacitance measurement and while the STRENGTH OF EXTRUDED 60 Hz specimen is held at the required temperature, a NONCONDUCTING POLYMERIC STRESS ac potential shall be applied between the conductor and CONTROL LAYERS the grounded shield (painted electrode) with anincreasThe test specimen shall be an 18 inch (45.7mm) length ingrate of rise not in excess of 100volts per second until of conductor over which 0.015-0.030 inch (0.038-0.076 dielectric failure occurs. The dielectricwithstand stress, mm) of nonconducting stress control material has been in volts per mil* shall be calculated as follows: extruded. S = 2V/(D-d) 1000 The central 12inch (30.5mm) length shall be shielded using a silver-painted electrode or equivalent applied toD and din inches the surfaceof the stress control material. V in volts, actual breakdown level

6 . 1 8

*S@/mil) shall be expressed as MV/m by dividing by 25.4.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

~~

S T D - N E N A WC 7 - E N G L L788

b1170247 05L258b 9 T 9

ICEA s-66-524

JANUARY 1991 WC 7-1988 Page 53

Section 7 CONSTRUCTIONS OF SPECIFIC TYPES

(The requirements of Sections 1 through 6 shall be met exceptas otherwise modified in Section 7.)

7.1 CONCENTRIGNEUTRAL UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION CABLES 7.1.1 Scope This section covers twoconductor concentric-neutral power cables consisting of one cross-linked-thermosetting-polyethylene-insulatedcentralconductorandone copperconcentricconductorappliedhelicallyoverall. These cables are intended for use on singlephase and threephase primary undergrounddistributionsystems op emting at 2001 through 35000 volts phasemphase at 100 percent insulation level. For ampxities, see Appendix F . 7.1.2 Central Conductor Central conductorsshall be annealed copper,or aluminum. The minimum conductorsize shall be in accordance with Table7-1. Table 7-1 Minimum ConductorSize
Rated CirmitVoltage, P h p s e - t o - m Vdts

100 percent insulation level. The minimum thickness Shan benotlessthan90percentofthevaluesgiveninthetable.

Minimum ConductorSbz, AWC

7.1.4 Insulation Shielding and Protective Covering H A layer of conducting nonmetallic material meeting the requirements of 4.1.1 shall be extruded directly over the insulationto~easbothanelectrostaticshieldandaprotective covering. The thickness of the e x W insulation shieldingat any location when measured on completed cable shall be in accordancewith Table 7-2. The conducting layer shall be compatible withthe insulatim and shall be legibly identified as beiig conducting. Tmpentms lower than 130'C (2F)may be required for emergency m l o a d conditions because of the type of materialused in thecable, joints, and terminations or because of cable environmental conditions. paragraph is a p provedbyNEMAasAuthorizedEngin&gInfomation.) Table 7-2rn ForCableWithorWithoutan Overall Jacket
Caldated Insulation Diameter

Insulation Shleld

2001-15000
15001-28000

4 1
1K)
Inche3

ThickneaP

"mum
Point Inch

Maxmum Maxmum
Poht

Poht

28001-35000

Inch

Inch

[Link] or less

7.1.21

C O -

' T l r e c o n d u c t a s h a l b e a n n e a l e d " a a n n e a l e d
coatedcoppereitherCkssBaCssandeda,forunooated ~,cQm~shandedinaccardancewi~sectioa2

1.001-1.500 1.501-2.000 2.001 larger and

.O30 .O40
.o55
.O55

.O70 .O85
.loo .115

.O15 .O15

.mo
.O20

7.1.22 ALUWUM Theconductor shall be aluminum 1350, eithersolid (through 4/0 AWG) Class B or C stranded or compact stranded in accordance with Section 2. [Link] CONDUCTOR STRESS CONTROL LAYER The conductor shall be covered with a smss control layer in accordance with Section 2. 7.1.3 Insulation Theshieldedcentralconductorshallbeinsulatedwitha cross-linked-thermosetting-polyethylenecompoundthat meets the requinments of 3.7. The average thickness of the insulationshallbenotlessthanthatgivenin~le3-1forthe

Note: The minimum point does not apply t o locations under the metallic shield indent.

7.1.5 Concentric Conductor The overall concentric conductor shall consist of numa ber of copper wires meeting the chemical requirements of ASTM B5 and the resistivity, tensile, and elongationrequirements of ASTMB3 for uncoated wires, ASTM B33 for tincoated w r i e s ,or ASTM B 189 for lead-alloy-coated wires. The number wires of of a specified size shall be not less than t h a t given in Table7-3 for cables used in singlephase systems and in either Table 7-5 or Table 7-6 for three-phase systems. The nominal diameters and circular areas mil of the wires in Tables 7-3,7-5,and 7-6 shall be BS follows:

R e v i d 1-30-1991.
COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1988 Page 54
AWC S h

ICEA S-66-524
" W
Aren, kcmil

Table 7-4 Level Discharge Partial

RatdCWVdtnge,
" m u m Partlal-dLschPrge

0 . 0 8 0 8 0 . 1 0 1 9

4 . 1 1 1 4 0.064 1 1 2 6 . 5 3 1 0 1 0 . 3 8 9 o.1144 1 3 . 0 9 8 0 . 1 2 8 5 1 6 . 51 Thein~~~wirescomprisingagivenconcentricconductormayvaryf5percentindiametexfmmtheappropriate nominal value given above, but the total circular mil area the of specited concentric conductor shall be as
follows:

Phssc"P~Vdts

Extinction Level,LV

m1-5m 5 0 0 1 ~ 8001-15000 15001-25000

wx)~-28ooo

7 13
22

25

28001-35000

31

1 . For single-phase systems,at least 98 percent of the product ofthe appropiate number of wires given in Table 7-3times the appropriate nominal circular mil arta tabulated above. 2 For threephase systems at least 98 percent of the product o f the number of wires given in Tables 7-5 7-6 times the appropriate nominal circular mil 8 1 ~ tabulated 8 above. NOTE: This is for a one-third neutral. The wires of the concentric conductor shall be applied directly over the conductor material given 7 . 1 in . 4with a lay not less than six nor more than ten times the diameter over the concentric wires. Table 7-3 Full Neutral Concentric Conductor
Inanlated Conductor

ConcentricConductor MlnlmumNumberdWires SbAWCorkcd 2AWC 10 AWC 9 AWG C Q V ~ Aluminum l4AWG l

7.1.6 Optional Jackets Applied over a Concentric Conductor The jackets shall be either nonconducting o r conducting &pending upon installation [Link] nonconductis used, it shall meet the physical and aging ing compound requirements of4 . 4 . 1 through 4 . 4 . 3 as applicable. If conducting compound is used, it shall be eitherType I or II compound meetingthe physical and aging requirements of Table 7-6A. A 'I)pe II jacket provides m m heat and deformation resistance than lslpe I. CAUTION-Cable users should be aware that some typesof jackets may alter the physical and electrical characteristicsofcablecomponents.('Thissentence is approved by NEMA asAuthorizedEngineering I n f o r m a t i o n . ) 7.1.6.1EXTRUDEDTC~FILL JACKET The jacket materhl shall cover the concentric conductor i l l the spaces between wires. The jacket material shall and be in Contact w i t h the insulation shielding, but shall strip

...
4 3 2
1

4 6 2 1 0 1 13 1/0 1 0 * 1 6
2/0

...
13

...
1 6

...
U)* 25*

... ... ... ...

...

U)*

...
13 1 6 20*

... ... ...

...
10*

...
13* 1 6

1/0
2/0 3/0

4/0 3/0 250

1 0 25* * 32*

When measured over the wires, the average jacket thickness shall be not less than the appropriate value given in Table 7.4A.

W.

...

350 4K)
+Altemrtc cmstmchm.

...

32*

Table 7.4A Jacket Thickness and Test Voltage

Cnldated Diameter Conductor

Average JrLetThickmss

AC SparkTestVdtage@ V ) for Nonconducting

CFoss-unLed

Thermoplastic

Inche

Jackets

Ineh

Jackets

0-1.500 Over 1 . 5 0 0

.O50 .O80

2 . 0 3 . 0

4 . 5 7 . 0

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

[Link] WC 7-ENGL L988

h470247 0532588 773 I

iCEA S-66-524

wc7-1988 Page 55

Table 7 6 One-third Neutral Concentrk Conductor for Copper Central Conductor

"

CopperInrulatedConduetorStm~, AWG or temp

Cancentdc Cmdudar MinimumNumber o fW b

1AAWG 12 AWG
18 AWG
O AWG

a AWG

4-2 1 1/0
' 2 1 0

3/0 4N 250 350

6 7 9 11 1 4 18 21*

...
6* 6* 7*

...

...
...
6* 6* 7*

... ... ...

6* 6* 7*

...

... ...
... ...

...
*

9*
11* 13 18

..

500
750 lo00
*Altemrteanstmctionr.

... ...

...

9.

...
...

26*

...

... ...

25*

12* 17

9*

...

2 6 .

a*

13*

10* 15 20

Theminimumthiclrnessovetthewiresshallbenotlessthan
8opercentofthespecitiedaveragethi~

Afterajackethasbeenapplie4theindentoftheextruded
insulationshieldcasuedbythemetallicshieldshallnotbe

[Link] bENlFEATION Whenaamdwtingmamialisdfmheovd~the cablelegendsbauidentifythemaserialassgconductwL

mmthanthespecifiedmaximumindentvaluefoundin'Iitble
7-2.

[Link] OVERLAYING TYPE JACKET M If a nonmetallic tape is appliedover the umcentric conductorsofthecableandthejacketisconducting,thenthe
[Link]~&rhe
[Link]

[Link] SRaM TEST #)R NONCONDUCTING JACKETS M AIurnconductingjacketoverconcentricneutralconductors shall withstand1113 alternating current spalit test voltage. The voltage for extru&d-to-fU type jackets is given in 'Igble 74A The voltage for overlaying typejackets is in accordan with 4.4.7. lhe voltage shall be applied between an
~attheoutside~.ofthejacketandthemmtric

tapeshallbecleadyidemi&dasbeingcanducting. [Link]&testshallbeconducted 'Lheavemgejaclretthickmswhendovefdrewires in accradancewith [Link] and6.14.4.4. shallbenotlessthanspecifiedin~le4-8.~minimm thicl;nessatanypointshallbenotlessthan8O~ofthe 7.1.7 Tests specifiedavemgethi~ The cable shall be tested in ammiance with Section 6 AfrerajackethasbeenappIkd,theindentoftheexmded and shall meet the requirements specified i n 7.1. The insulaeionshieldawsedbythemetallicshieldshallnoebemae partial-discharge extinction level shall be in acconlance thanthespecifiedmaximrnnindent~d~foundin'Igble7-2with"le 74. The eleceical requirement tests shall be made without immersion in mer.

neumlcondudaTheneutralconductorshallbeconnected

Table 7-6 One-third Neutral Concentric Conductor for Aluminum Central Conductor
Alumlrmm Innulnted Conductor Shp.
Co"c

ConductorMlnlmum Number of Wires

4-1/0

U0
3/0 410 250

6 7
9

...
6* 6* 7*

... ...
...
6" 6* 6* 7* 10* 1 5

300
350

11 1 3 1 5 18

8*
10* 11* 16

... ... ...

6*
6* 6*

...

... ...
...
...

... ...
... ...
12*

500
750 lo00

25*

... ...

8*
12* 16

24*

...

20*

..

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1988 Page 56
Table 74A rn Properties of Thermopiastk Conducting Jackets

ICEA S-66-524

r n I

lppeII

Physical Requirements Tensile strength, minimum

Psi Elongation percent at rupture,minimum Aging Requirements Afier air oven aging a tl O O ' C & l 'C for 48 hours Tensile strength, minimum pemntage of unaged value Elongation at rupture,minimum percentage of unaged value After air oven agingat 121'Cfl'C for 168 hours percentage minimum strength, Tensile value of unaged at Elongation percentage rupture,minimum Heat Distortion,Maximum, Percent
Air oven at 90'Ckl'C

1200 100

1500 150

75
100
75

75

25 25

Air oven at 121'Cfl'C

Wume resistivity a t m m iernpemm (23'CS.C) and 90'Cfl 'C, m a x , meter-duns -15 Brittleness Temperature,'C, not wanner than

100 -10

100

7.2 NEUTRALSUPPORTEDSECONDARYAND SERVICE DROP CABLES

[Link] ALUMNUM Conductors shall be aluminum 1350 with a minimum strength of 17,000 psi (117 "a). Sizes 6 and 4 tensile 7.21 Scope AWG shall be solid in accordance with ASTM B230 or This section covers secondary and service drop cables ASTM B609 before insulating and with Table 2-7, Class composed of one o r more insulated conductors andone Ao r B stranded in accordance with ASTM B231, o r neutml conductorfor use as the supporting member. These compact round stranded in accordance withASTM B 4 0 0 . cables are for use on circuits not exceeding 600 volts Sizeslargerthan4AWGshallbeClassAorBstrandedin phase-@phaseand at conductor temperatures not exceed- accordance with ASTM B231 or compact round stranded ing 90'C (194'F). in accordance withASTM 3400. 7.22 Conductors 7.221 iNSUlATED CONDUCTORS 7.221.1 COPPER 7.221.3 DIRECTION OF LAY The direction of lay of the outer layer of stranded conductors shall be left handor right hand. 7.22.2 NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS Neuaal conductors shall be uncovered or covered and the sizes and compositionshallbe in accordancewith Table 7-7 and 7-8.

Conductorsshallbeannealeduncoatedcopperandshall meet the requirements given in Section 2. Size 8 AWG shallbesolidorClawBstrandedinsccordancewithITgble 2-7. Size 6 AWG and larger shall be Class B stranded in accudancewith Table2-7.

Revised 1-30-91.
COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

ICEA S-66-524
[Link].1 COPPER 7.2.3

WC 7-1988 Page 57

insulation

Conductors shall be hard drawn uncoated copper and 7.2.3.1PHYSICAL AND AGINGREQUIREMENTS shall meet the requirementsof ASTMB1 and B8. Sizes The insulation shall be black and, when tested in 2 AWG and smaller shallbe solid or shall be Class B accordance with Section 6, shall meet the following stranded in accordance with Table 2-7. Sizes larger than requirements: 2 AWG shall be Class B stranded in accordancewith Table 2-7. Physical Requirements
[Link].2 ALUMINUM

Tensile strength, minimum psi MPa Elongation at rupture,

Aging Requirements

I:
a

Conductors shall be hard drawn aluminum 1350. The A Table 2 or stranding shall be in accordancewith Class ASTM B231 for sizes up through 210AWG and in accordancewith Class B Table 3of ASTM B231 for sizes 310 AWG and larger. The direction of lay of the outer layer shall be right hand.
[Link].3 C O P P E R AND COPPER-COVERED-STEEL COMPOSITE

m n im i u m ,percent

150

After air oven test at 121"Crt1C for 168 hours 75 value Conductors shall be concentric-lay-stranded-copper andcopper-covered-steel-compositeconductorsand shall meet the requirements givenin the applicable 65 sections of ASTM B229.
ALUMINUMCONDUCTORS-STEEL REINFORCED Aluminum conductors - steel reinforced (ACSR) shall meet the requirements of ASTM B232. The stranding shall be as follows: 1 . Sizes 410 AWG andsmaller-7-wire strand (6 aluminum around1steel). 2. Sizes larger then 410 AWG-19-wire strand (18 aluminum around 1 steel) or, where greater strength is required, 24 or 26 aluminum wires around a 7-wire steel strand.
[Link].4 [Link].5 ALUMINUMALLOYCONDUCTORS -5005H19

Tensile strength, minimum, percentage of unaged Elongation at rupture, minimum, percentage value of unaged After hot creep test at 150C&2"C
Unfilled Filled

*Hot creep elongation, maximum, percent 100

175
5

*Hot creep set,

maximum, percent 10

*If this value is exceeded, the Solvent ExtractionTest may be performed andwill serve as a referee method to determine compliance (maximum percent after 20 hours drying time--30). m i s note is approved by NEMA as Authorized Engineering Information.)

7.2.3.2THICKNESSOF lNSUlATlON

The average thickness of the insulation shall be not less than the following:
Conductor Size, AWG or kcmil Thickness

Conductors shall meet the requirements of ASTM B397. The stranding shall be 7-wire strand for sizes 246.9 kcmil and smaller and 19-wire strand for sizes larger than246.9 kcmil.
ALUMINUMALLOYCONDUCTORS -6201-T81 Conductors shall meet the requirements of ASTM B399. The stranding shall be 7-wire strand for sizes 246.9 kcmil and smaller and 19-wire strand for sizes larger than246.9 kcmil.
[Link].6

mils

mm

1.14 8-2 1410 250-500

45 60
80

1.52 2.03

90 perThe minimum thickness shall be not less than cent of these values.
7.2.4 Assembly [Link] WISTED ASSEMBLIES

One or more insulated conductors shall be twisted around the neutral conductor without fillers with a lay of 25 to 60 times the diameter of one of the insulated [Link] directionof lay shall be the same as that of the outer layer of wires ofthe neutral conductor.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1988 Page 58

ICEA S-66-524

7.2.4.2PARALLELASSEMBLIES WITH INSULATED Table 7-7 ALUMINUMCONDUCTORS Neutral Conductors for Use with Copper Power Conductors One or more insulated aluminum conductors shall be laid flat and parallel to a neutral. The neutral be on shall Copper Insulated Neutral Conductor Sizes, AWG Power Conductor the outside of the assembly and shall be bound to the Copper Covered Sizes, AWG Copper conductor with a suitable aluminum or aluminum alloy Steel* wire or strip having a breaking strength not less than 150 8 8 8C pounds (68.04 kg) and applied with a of lay 3 to 6 inches 6 6 6C (76.2 to 152.4 mm). 6 8 8C 4 4 4 A [Link] NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR 4 6C 6 The size of the neutral conductor shall be in accord2 2 2F ance with Table 7-7 for copper insulated power conduc2 4 4 A tors and Table 7-8 for aluminum insulated power 1 1 1F conductors. 1 3 3A 7.2.5 Tests 110 F V0 110 The cable shall be tested in accordance with Section 2 2F 110 6 and shall meet the requirements specified in 7.2except 210 F 210 210 that each length of completed cable shall successfully 1 1F 210 withstand, after one hour's immersion in water, an ac voltage of 2500 volts applied for 1minute between each *See ASIM B229 (see Appendix E) for letter designations and construction. insulated power conductor and ground, In addition, those power conductors used for borehole and shaft cables shall have a minimum factor 7.3.1 Scope of safety of 7 when calculated by the formula F = ATW, If the minimum factor of safety as calculated by the This section 'covers cross-linked-thermosettingformula is less than 7, medium hard-drawn copper in polyethylene-insulated shielded thermosetting or theraccordance with ASTM B 2 orB 246 before stranding moplastic jacketed cables in sizes AWG 6 through 500 shall be used, In no casethe shall factor of safety be less kcmil for use as connections between units ofmine than 7. distribution systems at nominal ac voltages of 2001 to 15000volts at 100 or 133percent insulation level. These Wherecables shall be one of the following types: F = Factor of safety. v p e MP -three power conductors and three ground- A = Area of the three power conductors in square ing conductors. inches. Type MP-GC-three power conductors and two T = Tensile strength of conductor in pounds per grounding conductors and one ground check conducsquare inch shall be as tabulated below: tor. The insulation shall be suitable for operation at a Annealed copper maximum conductor temperature of 90C (194'F). Ampacities are given in AppendixI. Recommended copper hard Medium ~,ooo minimum bending radii are given in Appendix H. (This aluminum 1350 sentence is approved byNEMA 17,000 as Authorized Engineering Information.) W = Weight of the cable in pounds. The conductor size shall be in accordance with Table 7.3.2 Conductors 7-9 and shall meet the requirements given in Section 2. [Link] POWER CONDUCTORS When the size of medium hard-drawn copper power conductors is determined in accordance with 6.3.1, the Power conductors shall be Class B or C stranded dc resistance shall not exceed by more than 2 percent annealed coated or uncoated copper or 314 hard drawn the values given in Table 7-13. aluminum 1350 and shall meetthe requirements given Conductor stress control layer in accordancewith 2.7 in Section 2. shall be applied over each power conductor. 7.3MINEPOWERCABLES

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

ICEA S-66-524
[Link] GROUNDING CONDUCTORS Grounding conductors shall be Class B or C stranded 7.3.4 Insulation Shielding

WC 7-1988 Page 59

annealed coated copper wire and shall meet the requirements given in Section 2. The size of each grounding conductor shall be in accordance with Table 7-9.
7.3.2.3GROUNDCHECKCONDUCTORS

Each power conductor shall be shielded in accordance with 4.1.

7.3.5 Identification

The ground check conductor shall be Class B or C stranded annealed coated or uncoated copper of the minimum size shown in Table 7-9 and shall meet the requirementsgiven in Section 2.
7.3.3 Insulation

Power conductors shall be identified as black, white, and red. The ground check conductor shall be covered with a closely woven cotton or rayon braid which is colored yellow or with a yellow colored insulation.
7.3.6 Conductor Assembly

The conductor assembly shall have a left-hand A lay. grounding conductor shall be placed in continuous conInsulation shall meetthe requirements given in Sectact withthe metallic shields in each interstice of 'Qpe tion 3. MP cables and two in intersticesof 'Qpe M-GCcables. The average thickness ofthe insulation on the power The ground check conductor of %e MP-GC cables conductors shall be not less than that given inTables7-10 shall be placed between the black and white conductors. and 7-11. The average thickness of the insulation on Fillers of suitable material shall be used to produce an ground check conductors shall be not less than45 mils essentially round cross-section in the completed cable. (1.14 mm) for 8 AWG and not less than30 mils (0.76 When required, a binder tape andlor threads shall be mm) for 10 AWG. The minimum thickness shall be not used overthe conductor assembly. less than 90 percent of these values.
Table 7-8 Neutral Conductors for Use with Aluminum Power Conductors
Aluminum Insulated Power Conductor Sizes AWG or kcmil
Sizes, AWG Neutral Conductor

Copper

Covered Copper Steel*

Aluminum 1350

ACSR

Aluminum Alloy

5005-Hl9 6201-T81

6 4 4 2 2 V0
110

8 6 8 4 6 2
4 1

8C 6C 8C 4A 6C 2F 4A 1F 3A 110 F 2F 410 210 F 1F 266.8 ... 336.4

...

6 4 2

U0 U0
310 dl0 310 410 410 266.8 336.4 397.5 477.0 410 312.8 394.5 465.4 559.5

210 310

3
110

... 310 ...

410

210

... V0 ...

6 4 6 2 4 110 2
1

6 4 6 2 4
110 2
210 1
110

110 210 167.8 211.6 266.8 336.4

U0

...
... ... ...

...

210

... ... ... ...

... ... ... 397.5 ... ... 477.0 ... ...

266.8 195.7 ... 336.4 246.9 ... 397.5 312.8 394.5

a..

477.0
e..

*SeeAST" B229 (see Appendix E) for letter designations and construction.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1988 Page 60
Table 7-9 Conductor Sizes
S i z e of Power Conductors,
Copper

KEA S-66-524

AWG or kcmil Aluminum

Copper Grounding Conductors Copper Ground Check Type MP Cables, Size in Each, Interstice, AWG
Type MP-GC Cables, S i z e in Each of Two Interstices, AWG

Conductor, Minimum Size, AWG

10

6 4 2
1

4 2 110 210

10 8 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 110
Il0

110 210 310 410 250 350

400

m.

350 400 450 500

8 6 5 4 3 2 1
U0 110 210 310 310 410

8 8
8

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

...
a.. e..

450 500

210

Table 7-10 Insulation Thicknesses and Outside Diameters2001 to 5000 Volts*- 100 and 133 Percent Insulation Level
AC T e s Voltage, Minimum Partial-discharge Extinction Level. , kVf . Insulation Level
1 0 0 percent

Conductor size AWG or kcmil mm

Insulation Thickness mils

Outside Diameter kV mm inches

133 percent

6 4 2
1

90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90
90 90 90 90

2.29 2.29 2.29 2.29 2.29 2.29 2.29 2.29 2.29 2.29 2.29 2.29 2.29 2.29

1.21 1.32 1.45 1.53 1.63 1.74

1 . 8 8

30.7 33.5 36.8 38.9 41.4 44.2 47.8 50.8 54.1 57.2 59.7 62.2 64.8 67.0

13 13 13 13

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
4

5 5
5

110 210 310 410 250

2.00 2.13 2.25 2.35 2.45 2.55 2.64

13 13 13 13 13
13 13 13

90

300 350 400 450 500

l3
13

4 4

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

* The actual operating voltage shall not exceed the rated circuit voltage [Link] than (a) 5 percent during continuous operation or (b) 10percent during emergencies not more than 15 minutes.
tunless otherwise indicated, the cable will be rated at 100 percent insulation level.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

ICEA S-66-524 Table 7-1 1 Insulation Thicknesses and Outside Diameters

Conductor or kcmil

WC 7-1988 Page 61

100 Percent Insulation Level

Insulation Thickness
mils

133 Percent Insulation Level

:z
6 4 2 1

Outside Diameter inches

mm

Test Voltage, kV AC

mm

DC

Minimum Partialdischarge&tinction Level, kV

Insulation Thickness mils mm

Outside Diameter inches

Test Voltage, kV AC

mm

DC

Minimum Partialdischarge Ex(inction Level, kV

5001 TO 8000 VOLTS*

1 1 5 1 1 5 115

115
1 1 5 1 1 5 1 1 5 115 115
1 1 5 1 1 5 115 115 ll5

2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92

2.92

1.33 1.43 1.55 1.65

1.75

33.8 36.3 39.4 41.9

18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27

45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140

3.56 3.56 3.56 3.56 3.56 3.56 3.56 3.56 3.56 3.56 3.56 3.56 3.56 3.56

1.45 1.54 1 . 6 8 1.78 1.90 2.00 2.12 2.25 2.35 2.48 2.58 2.70 2.85 2.93

36.8 39.1 42.7 45.2 48.3 50.8 53.8 57.1 59.7

22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22

45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45
.

8 8 8 8
8 8 8 8 8

V0

U0
310 410 250
300

44.5 1 . 8 8 47.7 2.00 50.8 2.12 53.8 2.25 57.2 2.35 2.46 2.57 2.66 2.75
1 . 8 8 1.98 2.05 2.15

350
400

450 500 2 1
V0

2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 4.44 4.44 4.44 4.44 4.44 4.44 4.44 4.44 4.44 4.44 4.44 4.44

59.7 62.5 65.3 67.6 69.9 47.8 50.3 52.0 54.6 57.4 61.0 63.5 67.0 69.9 74.2 76.2 78.4

63.0 65.5 68.6 72.4 74.4

8 8 8 8 8

8001 TO 15000 VOLTS*

U0
310
410

175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175

1 1 1 15.46 215 1 15.46 215 1 1 5.46 215

... ...

... ... ...... ...

2.20 2.30 2.42 2.53 5.4664.3 2.65 5.4667.3 55.9 58.4 61.5 33 33 33 33 33

80 80 80
80 80

15 15

15
1 5 1 5

250
300

2.26 2.40 2.50 2.64 2.75 2.92 3.00 3.10

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

215 215

... ...
m..

... ...

...... ...
... ... ...
e..

...

...

...

... ...

...
...

350 400 450 500

...
..B

e..

...

... ... ...

... ... ... ...

... ... ... ... ...

... ... ...

...

... ...
...

*Theactual operatingvoltage shall not exceed the rated circuit voltages by more than (a) 5 percent during continuousoperation or (b) 10 percent during emergencies lasting not more than 15 minutes.

Table 7-12 Overall Jacket Thickness

Calculated Diameter Under of Cable inches Jacket mm Jacket Thickness mm

or 1.500

less

38.10 or less 38.13-63.50 63.53-88.90

110 140 170

2.79 3.56 4.32

1.501-2.500 2.501-3.500

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1988 Page 62

WC 7 - 8 4

ICEA S-66-524 Table 7-13 Nominal DC Resistance of Medium Hard-Drawn Coated and Uncoated Copper Conductors Concentric Stranded, Class B and C

Conductor
25OC-lui
@I"

AWG or
kcmil Sranding

Class of

2O0C

250c

20%
ohms per

ohmsper

ohms per

lo00 feet

km

ohms per lo00 feet

km

ohmsper lo00 feet

ohmsper km

ohmsper l o 0 0 fee

ohmsper km

6 4 2 1 110 210 310 410 410 250 300 350

400

B andC B andC B andC B andC B andC B and C BandC B C

0.436 0.274 0.172 0.137

1.43 0.899 0.565 0 . 4 4 8 0.355 0.282 0.224 O. 176 0.177 0.150 0.125 O.iO7 0.0931 0.0938 0.0827 0.0834 0.0745 0.0750

0.444 0.279 0.176 0.139

0.110 0.0876 0,0695 0.0547 0.551
0.0466 0.0389 0.0333 0.0289 0.0292

1 . 4 6 0.917 0.577 0.457

0.417 0.262 0.165 0.131 0.104 0.0822 0.0652 0.0517 0.0517 0.0438 0.0365 0.0313 0.0274 0.0274 0.0243 0.0243 0.0219 0.0219

1.37 0.860 0.541 0.429

0.425 0.267 0.168 0.133 0.106 0.0838 0.0665 0.0527 0.0527

0.0446 0.0372 0.0319 0.0279 0.0279

1.40 0.877 0.552 0.437 0.347 0.275 0.218 0.173 0.173 0,146 0.122 0.105 0.0915 0.0915 0.0813 0.0813 0.0732 0.0732 0.35 300
20

400
450 450

0.108 0.0859 0.0681 0.0536 0.0540 0.0457 B andC B and C 0,0381 B and C 0.0327 B 0.0284 C 0.0286

0.362 0.287 0.228 0.179 0.181 0.153 0.128 0.109 0.0949 0.0956 0.0844 0.0850 0.0759 0.0765

0.340 0.270 0.214 0.170 0.170 0.144 0.120 0.103 0.0898 0.0898
0.0798 0.0798 0.0718 0.0718

500
500

B C B C

0.0252 0.0254 0.0227 0.0229

0.0257 0.0259 0,0231 0.0233

7.3.7 Jacket A thermosetting jacket that meets the requirements of [Link],[Link],[Link],or [Link] or a thermoplasticjacket that meets the requirements of 4.4.1 or 4.4.3 shall be applied over the conductor assembly. The average thickness of the jacket shallbe not less than that given i n Table 7-12 and the minimum thickness ofthe jacket 80 percent of these values. shall be not less than 7.3.7.1NEOPRENE, HEAW D m ,BLACK This jacket shall consist of a vulcanized black neoprene compound. When tested in accordance with 6.4, the jacket shall meetthe following requirements, and when applicable, the requirements given in 4.4.5
Physical requirements

kgflmm' Elongation at rupture, minimum, percent Set, maximum, percent

Aging requirements

0.0248 0.0248 0.0223 0.0223

After air oven testat 10OoC+1"Cfor 168 hours- tensile strength and elongationrupat ture, minimum, percentage of unaged value After oil immersion test at 12l0C+.loC for 18 hourstensile strength elongation, andminimum, percentage unaged value of

50
e

60

Tensile strength, minimum psi kgf/mm2 psi

1800 1.27

Tensile stress at 200 percent elongation, minimum

500

[Link] N~TRILE-BUTADIENE/POLWINYL-CHLORIDE, HEAW DUTY This jacket shall consist of a vulcanized acrylonitrilebutadienelpolyvinyl-chloridecompound suitable for a minimum installing temperature of -25C (-13F). It shall be based on a fluxed blend of acrylonitrilebutadiene synthetic rubber and polyvinyl-chloride resin. When tested in accordance with 6.4, the jacket shall meet the following requirements and, when applicable, the requirements given in 4.4.6:

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

ICEA S-66-524

WC 7-1988 Page 63
7.3.7.4CHLORINATEDPOLYETHYLENE,HEAW DUTY, CROSS-LINKED (THERMOSET)

Physical requirements

Tensile strength, minimum psi MPa Tensile stress at 200 percent elongation, minimum psi MPa
a

This jacket shall consist of a cross-linked chlorinated 1800compound. When tested in accordance polyethylene with 6 . 4 , the jacket shall meet the following require12.4 ments and, when applicable, the requirements in 4 . 4 . 6 :
Physical requirements

500 3 . 4 5
300

Tensile strength,minimum psi

Elongation at rupture, minimum, percent Set, maximum, percent Aging requirements

30

After air oven testat 100"Ckl0Cfor 1 6 8 hourstensile strength and elongation at rupture,minimum,percentage of unagedvalue 50 After oil immersion test at 121"C-t-l"C for 18 hours- tensile strength and elongation, minimum, percentage of unaged value 60
7.3.7.3CHLOROSULFONATEDPOLYETHYLENE, HEAVY DUN

value This jacket shall consist of a vulcanized chloro-sulfonated-polyethylene compound. When tested in acvalue cordance with 6 . 4 ,the jacket shall meet the following requirements and, when applicable, the requirements given in 4 . 4 . 6 Physical requirements Tensile strength, minimum psi MPa Tensile stress at 200 percent elongation, minimum psi MF'a Elongation at rupture, minimum, percent

1 2 . 4 Tensile stress at 200 percent elongation, minimum psi 500 MPa 3.45 Elongation at rupture, minimum, percent 300 Set, maximum, percent 30 Aging requirements After airoven testat 1OO"C-t- 1C for 168 hours Tensile strength, minimum, percentage of unaged 85 Elongation atrupture, minimum, percentage of unaged 65 After oil immersion test at l21"Ckl"C for 18 hours- tensile strength and elongationrupat ture, minimum, percentage of unagedvalue 60
7.3.8 Outside Diameters

MPa

1800 diameterof the completed cable shall The outside be within plus 8 and minus 5 percent of the values given in 12.4 Tables 7-10 and 7-11.
7.3.9 Tests

500 3.45
300

maximum, Set,

percent

30

Aging requirements After air oven test at 100"Ckl"Cfor 1 6 8hours Tensile strength, minimum, percentage of unaged value Elongation at rupture, minimum, percentage of unaged 85

The cable shallbe tested in accordance with Section 6 and shall meet the requirements specified 7.3. in The insulated power conductors shall meet the test voltage and partial-discharge requirements given in Table 7-10 or 7-11. The voltage test onthe insulated ground check conductor shall be made between that conductor and the grounding conductors by applying an ac voltage of 3 . 0 kV for 15 seconds. The insulation resistance test is not required.

65

After oil immersion test l21"Ckl0C at for 18 hours- tensile strength and elongation at rupture, minimum, percentage of unaged value 60

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1988 Page 64
7.4PORTABLESINGLE-AND MULTIPLE-CONDUCTOR POWER CABLES 7.4.1 Scope This section covers cross-linked-thermosettingpolyethylene-insulated portable cables with copper conductors in sizes 8 AWG and larger for use on mining machines, dredges, shovels, and in similar applications. These cables are distinguished by the requirements for the jackets given in 7.4.18. Extra-heavy-duty jackets are required for cables having a nominal outside diameter of more than 2.00 inches (50.8 mm) and for shielded cables and singleconductor hard-service cables. Details of construction and dimensions for the voltages at which these cables may be used are given in Tables 7-14 through 7-27. Recommended ampacities and voltage ratings are given in Appendix J. Recommended bending radii are given inAppendix H.

ICEA S-66-524

accordance with Table 7-14and covered with a jacket that meets the requirements of 7.4.18. The cables shall be in accordance with Table 7-16. Table 7-14 Maximum Lengthof Lay
Number of Power Conductors

Factors for Maximum Length of Lay*

2 3 4

20xd 21xd 23xd 27x d 30xd

c

5
6
*d =diameter of individual power conductor.

7.4.4 Type W, G, and G-GCThree- and Four-Conductor Cables, 0-2000 VORS Three-conductor cables shall be one of three types: GENERAL DESCRIPTION (1)'&pe W, round construction,without grounding conOF COMPLETED CABLE ductors, (2) '&peG ,round construction,withgrounding . conductors, and (3) '&pe G-GC, round construction, 7.4.2Single-ConductorCables,Nonshielded, with grounding conductors and a ground check conduc0-2000 Volts tor. Four-conductor cables shallbe one of two types: (1) These cables shall consist of an insulated conductor m eW , round construction,without grounding conduccovered with a jacket that meets the requirements of tors and (2) m e G, round construction,withgrounding 7.4.18 and shall be in accordance with Table 7-15. Nor- conductors. mal-service cables shall be coveredwithheavy-duty [Link] W E W, ROUND,WITHOUT GROUNDING jackets and hard-service cables shall be covered with CONDUCTORS extra-heavy-dutyjackets. These cables shall consist of three or four conductors 7.4.3 Type W and G Two-Conductor Round that are separately covered in insulation. Each conducCables, 0-2000Volts tor shall be separately covered with a colored tape or braid, which may be omitted if colored insulation is used [Link] TYPE W, WITHOUT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS (see 7.4.15). The conductors, together with any necesThese cables shall consist of two conductorswhich are sary filers, shall be cabled with a left-hand lay in accordseparately covered with insulation. In addition, each ance with Table 7-14 and covered with a jacket that conductor shall be separately covered with a colored meets the requirements of7.4.18. Three-conductor tape orbraid, whichmaybe omitted if colored insulation cables shall be in accordance with Table 7-17, and fouris used (see 7.4.15). The conductors, together with any conductor cables shall be in accordance with Table 7-18. necessary fillers,shall be cabled with a left-hand lay in accordance with Table 7-14and covered with a jacket [Link] W E G, ROUND,W I M GROUNDING that meets the requirements of 7.4.18. The cables shall CONDUCTORS be in accordance with Table 7-16. These cables shall consist of three or four power conductors that are separately covered with insulation. [Link] W E G, WITH GROUNDING CONDUCTORS Each power conductor shall be separately covered with These cables shall consist of two power conductors a colored tape or braid, which may be omitted if colored that are separately covered with insulation. Each power insulation is used (see 7.4.15). The power conductors, conductor shall be separately covered with a colored together with the groundingconductors (see 7.4.12) and tape or braid, which may be omitted if colored insulation any necessary fillers, shall be cabled with a left-hand lay is used (see 7.4.15). The power conductors, together in accordance with Table 7-14 and covered with a jacket with two grounding conductors (see 7.4.12) and any that meets the requirements of 7.4.18. Three-conductor necessary filers, shall be cabled with a left-hand lay in

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

ICEA S-66-524

WC 7-1988 Page 65 Table 7-15

o to 2000 Volts
Single-Conductor Portable Power Cable
Power Conductor size, AwG or kcmilt Diameter Insulation Thickness Outside

Normal Service
inches mm

Hard Voltage, Test Service

inches

kV
AC

Inus

mm

mm

Dc

21.0

7.0 60 60 60 60 60
80 80 80 80 80

1.52 13.0 1.52 1.52 1.52 1.52 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.41 2.41 2.41 2.41 2.41 2.41 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79

0.44 0.51 0.51 0.57 0.63 0.66 0.74 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.93 1.03 1.09 1.15 1.20 1 . 2 6
1.31 1.42 1.46 1.50 1.54

11.2 13.0 14.5 16.0 16.8 18.8 19.6 20.8 22.1 23.6 25.2 27.7 29.2 30.5 32.0 33.3 36.1 37.1
3 8 . 1

0.59 0.64 0.68 0.71 0.82 0.87 0.95 1.04

1 . 1 1

15.0 16.3 17.3 18.0 20.8 22.1 24.1 26.4 28.2 29.5 31.0 32.5 33.8 34.8 35.8

7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5
11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5

21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 28.5 28.5 28.5 28.5 28.5 28.5 34.5 34.5 34.5 34.5 34.5 34.5 34.5 34.5

J .

U0 WO
310 410 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
900

95 95 95 95 95 95 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110

1.18 1.25 1.30 1.36 1.41 1.45

39.1 40.1 41.0 43.O 44.7

... ... ...

... ... ...
...

e..

...
...

lo00
tSee Table 7-28.

1.58 1.62 1.69 1.76

... ... ... ... ... ...

cables shall be in accordance with Table 7-17, and four7-18. conductor cables shall be in accordance with Table
-E

between the black and white power conductors. These cables shall be in accordance with Table 7-19.
7.4.5 Type W and G, Five- and Six-Conductor,
0-2000 Volt Cables

[Link] lYPE G-GC, THREE-CONDUCTOR ROUND, WITH GROUNDING CONDUCTORS AND GROUND CHECK CONDUCTOR These cables shall consist of three power conductors that are separately covered with insulation, two grounding conductors (see 7.4.12), and one ground check conductor (see 7.4.11). Each power and ground check conductor shall be separately covered with a colored tape or braid which may be omitted if colored insulation is used (see 7.4.15). All power, grounding,and ground check conductors and anynecessaryfillersshall be 7-14 cabled with a left-hand lay in accordance with Table and covered with ajacket that meets the requirements of 7.4.18. The ground check conductor shall be laid

Five-conductor cables shall be of one of two types: (1) V p e W, without a grounding conductor and (2) Type G, with agrounding conductor. Six-conductor cables shall be W only.

we

[Link] m E W, WITHOUT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR These cables shall consist of five or six conductors which are separately covered with insulation. Each conductor shall be separately covered with colored tape or braid, which may be omitted if colored insulation is used (see 7.4.15). The conductors, together with any necessary fillers, shall be cabled with a left-hand lay in accordance with Table 7-14 and covered with a jacket that

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1988 Page 66

KEA S a - 5 2 4
Table 7-16 O to 2000 Volts-Type W and G Two-Conductor Round Portable Power Cables Thickness Insulation Oulside Diameter T e kV s t Voltage,
mils

Conductor Power Slu, AWG or kcmilt

mm

inches

mm

AC

Dc

8 6 4 3 2
1 110

U0
310 410 250

60 60 60 60 60 80 80 80 80
80

1.52 1.52 1.52 1.52 L52 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.41 2.41 2.41 2.41 2.41 2.41

0.81 0.93 1.08 1.17 1.27 1.44 1.52 1.65 1.77 1.92 2.10* 2.22* 2.36* 2.47* 2.60* 2.70*

20.5 23.6 27.4 29.7 32.3

7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0

8.0

21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0

24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0
28.5 28.5 28.5 28.5 28.5 28.5

36.6 38.6 41.9 45.0 48.8 53.3* 56.3* 59.9* 62.7* 66.0* 683*

8 . 0 8.0 8 . 0
8.0

300
350

400
450

500
tSee Table 7-28.

95 95 95 95 95 95

9.5 9.5 9,5 9.5 9.5 9.5

*These cables require extra-heavy-duty jackets (see 75.1).

Table 7-17 O to 2000 Volts-Type W and G Three-Conductor Round Portable Power Cables
Conductor Power Size, AWG or kcmilt Thickness Insulation
mils

Vollage, Oulside Test Diameter

kV AC

mm

inches

mm

Dc

8 6 4 3 2

60 60 60 60 60
80 80 80 80 80 95 95 95 95 95 95

1.52 1.52 1.52 1.52 1.52 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.41 2.41 2.41 2.41 2.41 2.41

0.91 1.01 1.17 1 . 2 4 1.34

23.1 25.7 29.7 31.5 34.3 38.4 42.0 44.0 48.0 51.8* 60.7* 65.0* 6 8 . 1 * 71.6* 74.7* 77.7*

7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0

21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0
28,5

1 110

WO
310 410 250

1.51 1.65 1.75 1.89 2.04*

2.39* 2.56* 2.68* 2.82* 2.94* 3.03*

8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0

9s 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5

300
350

400
450

28.5 28.5 28.5 28.5 28.5

*These cables require extra-heavy-duty jackets (see 75.1).

tSee Table 7-28,

e
COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1988 ICEA 5-66-524

Table 7-18

Page 67

o to 2000 volts
Type W and G Four-Conductor Portable Power Cables
Power Conducfor Siu, AWG or kcmilt

Insulation Diameter Outside Thickness

mils

Test Voltage, kV
inches

mm

mm

AC

Dc

8 6 4 3 2

60 60 60 60 60 80 80 80 80 80

1 V0

U0
3 1 0 410 250 300 350 400 450 500

95 95 95 95 95 95

1.52 1.52 1.52 1.52 1.52 2 . 0 3 2.03 2 . 0 3 2.03 2.03 2 . 4 1 2.41 2.41 2 . 4 1 2.41 2.41

0.99 1 . 1 0 1 . 2 7 1.34 1.48 1 . 6 8 1 . 7 9 1 . 9 3 2.07* 2.26* 2.66* 2.84* 2.98* 3.14* 3.26* 3.40*

25.1 27.9 32.3 34.0 37.6 42.7 45.5 49.0 52.6* 57.4* 67.6* 72.1* 75.7* 79.8* 82.8* 86.4*

7 . 0 7 . 0 7 . 0 7 . 0 7 . 0
8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0

21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0

2 4 . 0 2 4 . 0

9 . 5 9 . 5 9 . 5 9 . 5 9 . 5 9 . 5

24.0 24.0 24.0 28.5 28.5 28.5 28.5 28.5 28.5

*These cables require extra-heavy-duty jackets (see 75.1).

t h Table

7-28.

Table 7-19

o to 2000 volts
Type G-GC Three-Conductor Round Portable Power Cables with Two Grounding Conductors and One Ground Check Conductor
Conductor Power Conductor Insulation Thickness AWGor Esch Grounding Ground Check Conducfor Conductor Diameter Outside Test Size, Number of Minimum Insulation AWG Thickness, Size, WIresper Conducfor AWG mils inches mm AC
~~

Voltage, kV
Dc

s 4

mils

kcmilt

mm

10 8 106 4 3 2 1 V0

U0

49 60 10 49 60 10 60 60 60 80 80 80
80 80

3 1 0 410 2502.41 3002.41 350 2.41 400 2.41 450 2.41 500 2.41
*These cables

1.52 1.52 1.52 1.52 1.52 2.03 2.03 2 . 0 3 2 . 0 3 2.03

8 8 10 7 10

95 95 95 95 95 95

6 5 4 3 2 2 1
110

1 1 0 2 1 0 2 1 0

49 49 49 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 259 259 259 259

2 1 . 0 2 1 . 0 2 1 10 . 0 2 1 . 0 2 1 . 0
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

7 . 030 2 4 . 6 7 . 0 30 2 6 . 6 7 . 0 30 3 0 . 2 7 . 0 30 3 1 . 7 7 . 0 30 3 4 . 3 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45

0 . 9 7 1 . 0 5 1 . 1 9 1 . 2 5 1 . 3 4 1 . 5 1 1 . 6 5 1 . 7 5 1 . 8 9 2.04* 2.39* 2.56" 2.68* 2.82* 2.94" 3.03" 38.4 42.0 44.0 48.0 51.8* 60.7* 65.0*
68.1*

8 . 0 8 . 0 8 . 0 8 . 0 8 . 0

24.0 24.0 24.0 2 4 . 0 24.0

71.6* 74.7* 77.7*

9 . 5 .9.5 9 . 5 9 . 5 9 . 5 9 . 5

28.5 28.5 28.5 28.5 28.5 28.5

require extra-heavy-duty jackets 75.1). (see

$See Table 7-28.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-88

h470247 0007L30 I.I

ICEA S-66-524

WC 7-1988

Page 68

meets the requirements of [Link] cables shall be conductor, The assembly shall be covered with a jacket in accordance with Table 7-20. These cables shall be that meets the requirements of [Link] cables shall used forthe internal wiring of equipment only. be in accordance with Table 7-22.
7.4.6 Type PG, Two- and Threepower Conductors with Single Grounding Conductor, 0-2000 Volts These cables shall consist of two or three power conductors that are separately covered with insulation. Each power conductor shall be separately covered with a colored tape or braid, which maybe omitted if colored insulation is used (see 7.4.15). The power conductors, together with a single grounding conductor 7.4.12) (see and any necessary fillers, be shall cabled with a left-hand lay in accordance with lhble 7-14 and covered with a jacket that meets the requirements of 7.4.18. These cables shall be in accordance with Table 7-21. 7.4.8 Type G,Three-conductor Round with Volts Grounding Conductors, 2001-5000 These cables shall consist of three power conductors that are separately covered with insulation. Each power conductor shall be separately coveredwith a colored tape (see 7.4.15). The power conductors, together with the grounding conductors (see 7.4.12), and any necessary fillers, shall be cabled with a left-hand lay in accordance with Table 7-14 and covered with a jacket that meets the requirements of [Link] cables shall be in accordance with Table 7-23. 7.4.9 Type SH, SHC-GC, SHD, and SHD-GC Shielded Cables, O-25,000Volts

7.4.7 Type PCG, Two- and Three- Power [Link] n P E SH SINGLE-CONDUCTOR CABLES, Conductors with Control Conductors and 2001-25000 VOLTS Single Grounding Conductor, 0-2000 Volts These cables shall consist of an insulated conductor These cables shall consist of two or three power concovered with a tape, a shield that meets the requireductors and two No. 10 AWG control conductors all of ments of 7.4.16 with or without a tape over the shield, which are separately covered [Link] and a jacket that meets the requirements of [Link] power and control conductor shall be separately cables shall be in accordance with Table 7-24. covered with a tape or braid, except that on power conductors this tape or braid may be omitted if colored [Link] TVPE SHC-GC THREE-CONDUCTOR C A B L E S insulation is used (see 7.4.15). The power conductors, 2000 VOLTS OR LESS together with two control conductors and a single These cables shall consist of three power conductors grounding conductor, shall be cabled together with a that are separately covered with insulation. Each power left-hand lay in accordance with Table 7-14. Each conconductor shall be separately covered with a colored trol conductor shall be in separate a interstice between tape or braid, which may be omitted if colored insulation the power conductors: the black control conductor shall is used (see 7.4.15). The power conductors, together be between the black and white power conductors, and with two grounding conductors (see 7.4.12), one ground the white control conductor adjacent to the white power Table 7-20 o to 2000 Volts Type W and G, Five- and Six-conductor Portable [Link]
Power Conductor Crype G ) Insulation Thickness
mlls
mm

ounding

Oulside Diameter Five-conductor Type W and G inches

m

S b
AwGi
Size,

AWG

Mininlunl Number of strands

Six-conductorTypeW inches

Test Voltage, kV AC

mm

M !

8
6 4 3 2 1
tSee Table 7-28.

60 60
60

1.52 1.52 1.52 133 1.52 133 1.52 2.03

8 7

49 49 133

1.07 1.21 1.40 1.48 1.61

27.2 30.7 35.6 37.6

1.18 1.31 1.52 1.61 1.75 2.05*

30.0 33.3 38.6 40.9 44.4 52.1*

7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 8.0

21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 24.0

60 60 80

5 4
3 2

40.9
47.8

133

1.88

T 'h e s ecables require extra-heavy-duty jackets (see 7 . 5 . 1 ) .

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

ICEA S-66-524
Table 7-21
O to 2000 Volts, Type PG Two- and Three-Conductor Power Cables
ConductorPower Power Grounding Conductor Outside Conductor Insulation Thickness Size, AWG or kcmilt mils mm Diameter Strands, AWG Minimum Two-conductor Cables Three-conductor Cables Number mm inches mm of Strands inches

WC 7-1988 Page 69

Test Voltage, kV AC

Dc

8 6 4 3 2 1
110

60 60 60 60 60

1.52 1.52 1.52 1.52 1.52 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.41

8 8 6 6

U0
310 410 250
~~ ~ ~

80 80 80 80 80
95

5 4
3 2 1 110 210

49 49 49 49 133 133 133 133 133 259 259

0.84 0.93 1.08 1.17 1.27

21.3 23.6 27.4 29.7 32.3 36.6 38.6 41.9 45.0 48.8 54.9*

0.93 1.03 1 . 2 0 1.27 1.34 1.52 1 . 6 8 1.79 1.93 2.13* 2.39*

23.6 26.2 30.5 32.3 34.0 38.6 42.7 45.5 49.0 54.1* 60.7*

7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0

21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 28.5

1.44 1.52 1.65 1.77 1.92 2.16*

8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 9.5

*These cables require extra-heavy-dutyjackets (see 7.5.1). tSeeTable 7-28.

Table 7-22
O to 2000 Volts, Type PCG*Two- and Three-Conductor Portable Power Cables
ConductorPower Power Grounding Conductor Outside Conductor Insulation Thickness Size, AWG or kcmilt m m mils mm
-

Diameter Minimum Two-conductor Cables Number of Strands Thee-conductor Cables inches mm Test Voltage, kV AC

Strands, AWG

Dc
21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0

8 6 4 3 2
1 U0
210

60 60 60 60 60

1.52 1.52 1.52 1.52 1.52 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 259 2.03 2.41

8 8 6 6

5
4 3 2 1 110
210

49 49 49 49 133 133 133 133 133 259

0.94 0.98 1.10 1.20 1.29

1 . 4 4 1.52 1.65 1.77 1.92 2.16

23.9 24.9 27.9 30.5 32.8 36.6 38.6 41.9 45.0 48.8 54.9*

1.03 1.18 1.29 1.31 1.39 1.52 1 . 6 8 1.79 1.93 2.13* 2.39*

26.2 30.0 32.8 33.3 35.3 38.6 42.7 45.5 49.0 54.1* 24.0 60.7*

7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 9.5

80 80 80 80
80 95

310 410
P

250
tSee Table 7-28.

28.5

*These cables require extra-heavy-dutyjackets (see 7 5 . 1 ) .

$Controlconductors for all PCG cables shall be size 10 AWG, with aminimum of 49 strands and30 mils (0.76 mm) insulation and, if necessary, a braid covering. The ac test voltage shall be 3.0 kV for 15 seconds.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-88

64702470009132
WC 7-1988 Page 70

r
ICEA 5-66-524
Volhe, kV
AC
~

Table 7-23 2001 to5000 Volts Type G Three-conductor Portable Power Cables
Power Conductor Size, AWG or kcmilt InsulationThickness Thickness Jacket
mils mm

Oulside Diameter Test

mils

mm

inches

mm

Dc

6 4 3 2 1 110
WO

110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110

2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79

155
170 170 190 190
205 205

3.94 4.32 4.32 4.83 4.83 5.21 5.21 5.21 5.59

1.37 1.55 1.62 1.75 1.84

l.%

34.8 39.3 41.1 44.4 46.7 49.7 52.8* 55.9* 60.4*

310 410
tSee Table 7-28.

205 220

2.08* 2.m* 2.38*

13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 1 3 . 0 13.0 13.0 13.0

35.0 35.0 35.0 35.0 35.0 35.0 350 35.0 35.0

e

.L

*These cables require extra-heavy-duty jackets (see 7.4.1).

check conductor (see7.4.11), and any necessary fillers shall be cabled with a left-hand lay in accordance with llble 7-14. The ground check conductor shall be laid between the black and white power conductors. The assembly shallbe covered with a shield that meets the requirements of 7.4.16 and a jacket that meets the requirements of 7.4.18. The cables shall be in accordance with Table 7-25.

ments of 7.4.18. The ground check conductor shall be laid between the black and white power conductors. These cables shall be in accordance llble with 7-26.
7.4.10 Power Conductors 7.4.1 O. 1 Power conductors shall be made of annealed coated or uncoated copper wires in accordance with Section 2. A separator may be used.

[Link] TYPE SHD THREE-CONDUCTOR CABLES, [Link] The sizes, strandings, and nominal diameters 25,000 VOLTS OR LESS of the conductors shallinbe accordancewith Table7-28. These cables shall consist of three power conductors that are separately covered with insulation, a colored [Link] Conductor stress control shall bein accordtape (see 7.4.15), and a shield that meets the requireance with2.7. ments of 7.4.16, and three grounding conductors (see 7.4.1 1 Control and Ground Check Conductors Table 7-28), one in each interstice. All power and grounding conductors and any neces- The control conductors for m e PCG shall be no sary fillers shall be cabled with a left-hand lay in accordsmaller than No. 10AWG. The ground check conductor ance with llble 7-14 and covered with a jacket that for m e s G-GC, SHC-GC, and SHD-GCshall be given meets the requirements of 7.4.18. These cables shall be i n Tables 7-19,7-25, and 7-26. in accordancewith Table 7-26. A minimum of 49 strands of annealed coated or uncoated copper wire shall be used. A separator may be [Link] TVPE SHD-GCTHREE-CONDUCTORCASUS, used. In all other characteristics,the conductors shall 25,000 VOLTS OR LESS of 7.4.10. meet the requirements These cables shall consist of three power conductors 7.4.12 Grounding Conductors that are separately coveredwith insulation, a colored tape (see 7.4.15) and a shield that meets the require7.4.12.1 The grounding conductors for two-, threements of 7.4.16, and two grounding conductors (see and four-conductor round Vpe G, SHC-GC, SHD, and Table 7-28) and onegroundcheckconductor(see SHD-GC shall be annealed copperof not less than the 7.4.11). size and number of wires in Table 7-28 for the corAll powerconductors,groundingconductors,the sizes. In all other characground check conductor, and any necessary fillers shall responding power conductor teristics they shall meet the requirements of 7.4.10. be cabled with a left-hand lay in accordance with Table 7-14 and covered with a jacket that meets the require-

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-88

6470247 0 0 0 7 1 3 3 T

r
WC 7-1988 Page 71

ICEA S-66-524

Table 7-24 Type SH Single-conductor Portable Power Cables for 100 Percent Insulation Level Only
Power Conduclor She, AWG or kcmilt InsulationThickness
mils

Thickness Jacket Outside Diameter+ Test

mils

Vollage, kV

mm

mm

inches

mm

AC

M :

2001 to 5000 Volts

110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 120 120 120 120
1 5 0

2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 3.18 2 . 7 9 2 . 7 9 2 . 7 9 3.94 2 . 7 9 3.94 2 . 7 9 3.94 3.05 3.05 3.05 3 . 0 5 4.83 3 . 8 1 3 . 8 1 3 . 8 1 3 . 8 1 3 . 9 4 3.81 3.81 3.81 3 . 8 1 3 . 8 1 3.81 3 . 8 1 4.83 3 . 8 1 5.33 5.33 3.94 5.33 5.33 5.33 5.33 5.33 4.32 5.33 5.33 5.33 4.83 7 . 4 9 7 . 4 9 7.49 4.32 7.49 7 . 4 9 1.49 4.83 7 . 4 9 7 . 4 9 4.83 7 49 5 3 .. . 3 ._

110 .~ 110 0 . 8 5 110 125 125 140 140 155 155 155 170 1 . 4 7 170 190
~

2.79 2.79 0.82 2 2.79 . 7 9 3.18 3.18 356 3.56

0.82 0 . 8 5 0.92
O.%

0.7 o ." m
~

4.32 4 . 3 2

1 . 0 4 1 . 0 7 1 . 1 8 1.24 1.32 1 . 3 7 1 . 6 2

195 20.8 215 23.3 24.3 2 6 . 4 2 7 . 1 2 9 . 9 315 335 34.8 37.3 4 1 . 1 2 4 . 6 2 6 . 1 27.1 28.4 30.2 315 3 3 . 0 34.8 3 6 . 8 3 8 . 6 3 9 . 9 4 4 . 7 30.9 32.0 33.2 345 3 7 . 0 38.6 39.9 41.6 43.9 4 7 . 7 37.8 3 9 . 1 40.4 41.6 44.2 45.5 47.2 48.5

13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 1 3 . 0 1 3 . 0 1 3 . 0 1 3 . 0 1 3 . 0 13.0 13.0 13.0 18.0 1 8 . 0 18.0 18.0 1 8 . 0 1 8 . 0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 1 8 . 0 1 8 . 0 2 7 . 0 2 7 . 0 2 7 . 0 2 7 . 0 2 7 . 0 2 7 . 0 2 7 . 0 27.0 27.0 27.0
3 8 . 0 3 8 . 0 38.0 3 8 . 0 38.0 38.0 38.0 wn "._ 3 8 . 0

... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
S..

. I .

5001 to 8000 Volts

150 150 150 1 . 1 9 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 210 210 1.31 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 295 295 295 i59 295 295 295 1.79 295
"

125 140 140 140 1 5 5

155 155 170 1 . 4 5 170 170 190

3.18 356 3 . 5 6 356 3.94 3.94 3.94 4 . 3 2 4.32 4.32

0.97 1.03 1.O7 1.12

~~

155

1.24 1.30 1.37

152 1.57 1 . 7 6

45.0 45.0 45.0 4 5 . 0 4 5 . 0 45.0 45.0 45.0 45.0 45.0 45.0 45.0 70.0 70.0 70.0 70.0 70.0 70.0 7 0 . 0 7 0 . 0 7 0 . 0 7 0 . 0 100.0 100.0 100.0 1 0 0 . 0 100.0 1 0 0 . 0 100.0 100.0 100.0

8001 to 15,000 Volts

155 1.22 155 155 155 170 170 170 170 1 . 6 4 190 190 170 170 170 170 190 190 190 1.86 190 2 . 1 0 3.94 3.94 3.94 4.32 4.32 4 . 3 2 4.83 1.26
~ ~~

1 . 3 6 1 . 4 6 152 157 1 . 7 3 1.88 1.49

154

'

15001 to 25,000 Volts

4.32 4.32 4.32 4 . 8 3 4.83 1 . 9 1 5 . 2 1

1 . 6 4 1 . 7 4

350 500

29s -

*These cables require extra-heavydutyjackets (see 7 . 5 . 1 ) .

$SeeTable 7-28.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1988 Page 72

KEA S-66-524

Table 7-25 2000Volts Type SHC-GC Threeconductor Portable Power Cable for 100 Percent Insulation Level Only Power Con- Power Conductor Insulation Ground Jacket Thickness Outside Diameter* AC T e s t

o to

ductor Size, AWG or kcmilt

Thickness
mils

mm

ConCheck ductor Size, AWG

Voltage, kV
mils

mm

inches

mm

6 4 3 2 1

70 70 70 70 80
80 80 80 80

155 1.78 155 1.78 170 1.78 170 1.78 1.78 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.41 2.41

10 10 10 10 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

190 190 205 205 220 220 235 235 265

3.94 3.94 4.32 4.32 4.83 4.83 5.21 5.21 5.59 5.59 5.97 5.97 6.73

110

WO
310 410 2.41 250 300 350 500 2.41
t&e Table 7-28.

95 95 95 95

1.27 7.0 1.39 7.0 7.0 1.49 1.57 7.0 1.75 8.0 1.85 8.0 1.99 2.11 8.0 2.29 8.0 2.46 9.5 2.63 9.5 2.75 9.5 3.14 9.5

32.2 35.3 37.8 39.9 44.4 47.0 50.5 53.6 58.2 62.5 66.8 69.8 79.8 8.0

These cables require extra-heavy-duty jackets (see 75.1).

[Link] The grounding conductors for three conductor round 'Qpe G-GC shall meet the requirements of 7.4.10 and shall be of the size and stranding given i n Table 7-19. [Link] The single grounding conductor for five conductor lLpe G and for 'Qpe PG and PCG cables shall meet the requirements of 7.4.10 and shall be of the size and stranding given in Tables 7-20,7-21, and 7-22. [Link] The grounding conductors for ?)yes G, Gbe covered or GC, PG, PCG, and SHC-GC cables shall uncovered. The grounding conductors for v p e s SHD and SHD-GC shall be uncovered. When used, the outer covering over the grounding conductor shall be green in color. 7.4.13 Insulation [Link] CLASSES

[Link] THICKNESS

OF INSULATION

The average thicknessof the insulation on the power conductors shall be not less than that given i n Tables7-15 through 7-26. In these tables, the highest rated circuit voltagegiven in the titles, represents the maximum operating voltage recommended for that thickness of insulation. The average thicknessof insulation shallbe not less than 30 mils (0.76 mm) on the 10 AWG control and ground check conductors and not less than 45 mils (1.14 mm) on the 8 AWG ground check conductors, The minimum thickness shall not be less than 90percent of the specified average values,
7.4.14

TapesandBraids

Tapes and braids if used over the insulation shallbe suitable for the intended purpose.
7.4.15ConductororCircuitIdentification

The insulation shall meet the requirements given in Section 3.

Identification shall be by any suitable means in accordance with the color sequence given in7.4.15.1 and [Link]. When a conducting nonmetallic tape is used over the insulated conductors, it shall be plainly identified as being conducting.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

ICEA S-66-524

WC 7-1 988 Page 73

Table 7-26 Type SHD and SHD-GC Three-conductor Portable Power Cables for 100 Percent Insulation Level Only
Power Conductor S i z e , AWG or kcmilt Power Conductor Ground Jacket Insulation Thickness Thickness Check Conductor S i z e , AWG (Type SEID-GC) Oulside Diameter* Voltage, Test inches kV AC

mils

mm

mils

mm

mm

Dc

o to 2000 Volts
70 70 70 70 80 80 80 80 80 95 9s 95 95 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 120 120 120 120 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 210 210 210 210 210 210

1 . 7 8 1.78 1 . 7 8 1.78 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.41 2.41 2.41 2.41
2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 3.05 3.05 3.05 3.05 3.81 3.81 3.81 3.81 3.81 3.81 3.81 3.81 3.81 3.81 3.81 3.81 5.33 5.33 5.33 5.33 5.33 5.33 7.49 7.49 7.49 7.49

3.94 10 3.94 10 10 8 4.83 8 8 8 5.21 8 8 8 5.97 8 5.97 8 8 4.70 8 4.70 8 5.21 8 8 5.21 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 5.21 8 8 8 5.59 8 5.97 8 8 8 8 6.73 8 7.11 8 7.49 8 5.97 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 6.62 6.62 8 8 8

155 155 170 170 190 1% 205 205 220 220 235 235 265 185 185 205 205 205 220 220 235 235 250 250 26.5 280 205 205 220 220 220 235 250 250 250 26s 280 295 235 235 250 250 265 265 265 26.5

4.32 4.32 4.83 5.21 559 559 6.73

1.29 1.40 1.51 1.59 1.76 1.86 2.00 2.13 2.31 2.51 2.68 2.81 3.19 1.56 1.68 1.78 1.87 1.95 2.08 2.20 2.36 2.50 2.69 2.81 2.95 3.31 1.94 2.02 2.12 2.21 2.32 2.46 2.62 2.75 2.89 3.04 3.20 3.56 2.41 2.52 2.64 2.73 2.90 3.05 2.95 3.05 3.20 3.33

32.8 35.6 38.3 40.4 44.7 47.2 50.8 54.1 58.7 63.8 68.1 71.4 81.0 39.6 42.6 45.2 47.5 49.5 52.8 55.8 59.9 63.5 68.3 71.4 74.9 84.0 49.3 51.3 53.8 56.1 58.9 62.5 66.5 69.8 73.4 77.2 81.3 90.4 61.2 64.0 67.0 69.8 73.6 77.4 74.9 77.4 81.2 84.5

7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 27.0 27.0 27.0 27.0 27.0 27.0 38.0 38.0 38.0 38.0 38.0

... ... ... ... ... ... ...

1..

... ...

...

...
1..

2001 to 5000 Volts

5.21 5.59 559 5.97 5.97 6.35 6.35 6.73 7.11 5.21 5.59 5.59 6.35 6.35 6.35

... ... ... ... ... ... ...

. S . . S .

...
.I.

.+.

...
45.0 45.0 45.0 45.0 45.0 45.0 45.0 45.0 45.0 45.0 45.0 45.0 70.0 70.0 70.0 70.0 70.0 70.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0

5001 to 8000 Volts

8001 to 15000 Volts

5.97 6.35 6.35 6.73 6.73

15001 to 25000 Volts

170 210 310 7.49

280 280

295

6.90 6.90

*These cables require extm-heavy-duty jackets (see 7.5.1). tSee Table 7-28.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1988 Page 74
[Link] POWER CONDUCTORS

K E A S-66624

'Avo-conductor cables

All types Three-conductor cables

~~~

black,

m eG me G-GC, sPG, PCG,

~

SHD*, SHD-GC*, SHC-GC and black, white, red

greenVPeW Four-conductor cables orange VPeG red, m e w Five-conductor cables l)lpe orange VPeW green, Six-conductor cables m e w red,

white, white, white,

black, black, black, blue white, white, blue black, black, orange, red, green,

red, green red, orange,

*When conducting nonmetallic tapes are used, identification may be by means of stripes or printing in a contrasting color.

7.4.15.2CONTROL AND GROUND CHECKCONDUCTORS

~ ~~

ductors,

PCG Control conductor, Ground check G-GC,

'Zfipe m e SHD-GC, and m e SHC-GC yellow

7.4.16 Shielding 7.4.1 6.1 The shielding for?$pes SH, SHD, SHC-GC

P = Picks per inch

7.4.16.3METALWIRESHIELDS

and SHD-GC cables shall consist of non-magnetic wires. Where copper or copper alloy wires are used, they shall be coated in accordancewith 2.1.1.
7.4.16.2METALBRAIDSHIELDS

When shielding is applied thein form of a metal braid, the coverage shall be not less than 84 percent as determined bythe following formula: Percent coverage = 100 (2F-9) WhereNPd F= sin a a = Angle - of braid withaxis of cable 2zDP Tana= 7.4.17 Conductor Assembly C d = Diameter of individual braid wires in inches For round cables,the insulated conductors, together C = Number of carriers with grounding conductors and ground check conducD = Diameter under shield in inches tor when required and any necessary fillers, shall be N = Number of wiresper carrier

Where the shielding is applied the form in of a serving or wrap,the coverage shallbe not less than 60 percent as determined by the following formula: Nd Percentcoverage = - X 100 W Where N = Number of parallel wires d = Diameter of individual wires in inches W=nDcosa D = Diameter under shield in inches a = Angle between serving wires and axis of cable D Tana=nC C = Pitch of serving in inches

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

ICEA S-66-524

WC 7-1988 Page 75

Table 7-27 Jacket Thicknesses for Types and Sizes of Portable Cables Not Covered by Tables 7-15 through 7-26

0.325 and less 8.26 and less 8.28-10.92 0.326-0.430 10.95-15.72 0.431-0.540 13.7416.26 0.541-0.640 8.74 2.801-3.100 16.28-18.80 0.641-0.740 18.82-21.59 0.741-0.850 21.62-27.94 0.851-1.100

1.821-2.050 2.051-2.300 2.301-2.550 2.551-2.800 3.101-3.500 3.501-3.950

5.59 46.25-52.07 52.10-58.42 5.97 58.45-64.77 6.35 64.80-71.12 6.73 7.49 78.77-88.90 88.93-100.33 7.87

220 235 250 265 295 310

Table 7-28 Conductors

Power Conductors Diameter of Each Wire Minimum Conduc- Number tor Size, of Wires AWG or per Conkcmil ductor Conductor Diameter

T
Two-conductor Type G Cables

Grounding Conductors (Round Cables) Threesonductor

Type SHD-GC and

Type SHC-GC

Threesonductor Type G Cables

Four-conductor "pe G Cables

Cables
Sizeof MiniSize of MiniSize of MiniMiniSize of Ground- mum Ground- mum Ground- mum Ground- mum h g Con- Number ing Con- Number ing Con- Number ing Con- Number ductors, of Wires ductors, of Wires ductors, of Wires ductors, of Wires per Con- AWC per Con- AWG per ConAWG per Con- AWG ductor ductor ductor ductor

mlls

mm inches

mm

8 6 4 3 2
1 U0

18.4 49 23.1 49 29.2 49 32.8 49

0.467 0.166 0.587 0.208 0.742 0.263 0.833 0.295 22.3 25.1 28.2 31.6

4.22 5.28 6.68 7.49

10 10 8 6 6 5 4 3 2 1 110 110 210 310 310 410

m..
a..

19 19 49 49 133 133 133 133

10 19 19 8 49 7 49 6 5 4 3 133 133 133 133 133 133

...

...

12 10 8 8
8 7 6 5

19 19 49 19 49 49 49 133 133
133 133 259 259

12 12 10 10 9 8 7 6

19 19

133 153
133 133

U0 310 410 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700

0.566 0.335 8.51 0.638 0.377 9.58 0.716 0.423 10.74 0.803 0.474 12.04

49 49 49 133 133 133 133 153 259 259 259

25.5 259 28.6 259 259 259 259 39.3 259 41.7 259 43.9 259 35.9 427 37.5 427 39.0 427 40.5 427

0.648 0.536 13.61 0.726 0.601 15.27 0.653 16.59 31.1 0.790 34.0 0.864 0.714 18.14 36.8 0.934 0.773 19.63 0.998 0.825 20.% 1.060 0.876 22.25 1 . 1 1 5 0.922 23.42

2 259 1 259 259259 110 259259 110 259 259 259 259

4 3 2 1 1 110 110 210

U0
310 310 410

259 259 259 259

259 1 259 1 259 259259 110

5 4 3 3 2

0.912 0.%9 24.61 0.952 1.013 25.73 0.991 1.053 26.75 1.029 1.094 27.79

...
..I

427 1.064 1.131 28.73 750 41.9 1.169 29.69 427 433 1.100 800 1.166 [Link] 427 900 45.9 loo0 48.4 1.229 427 1.307 33.20

... ... ...

... ... ... ... ... ...

... ...

...

... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

...

... ... ... ...

... ... ... ...

... ... ... ...

... ... ... ... ... ...

... ... ... ...

... ... ... ...

... ... ...

...

...

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1988 Page 76

ICEA 5-66624
[Link].2 HEAVY-DUTY NEOPRENE JACKET

cabled with a left-hand lay. For w e s SHD and SHDGC cables, the grounding conductors shall be in contact with the metallic shields. Suitable fillersbe shall used to produce an essentially round cross-section in the completed cable. When required, a binder tape and/or threads shall be used over the conductor assembly.
7.4.18 Jackets [Link] GENERAL

Physical requirements

%mile strength, minimum psi 1.27 kgflmm Tensile stress at 200 percent elongation,minimum psi kgf/mm2 Elongation at rupture, minimum, percent Set, maximum, percent
Aging requirements 300
2

180

500

The jacket shall be applied in one or two layers. If applied in two layers, the outer jacket shall constitute at least 50 percent of the total thickness of jacket. The single-layer jacket and the outer layer of a two-layer jacket shall meet the applicable requirements of [Link].1,[Link].2,[Link].3,[Link].4,[Link].5, [Link].6,[Link].7, or [Link].8. Single- or two-layer jackets be shall reinforced by two servings or a braid of a suitable natural or synthetic material. The diameter of the reinforcing material shall be not greater than35 mils (0.89 mm). If two servings are used, they shall be applied in opposite directions of lay. The reinforcing shall be under the single-layer jacket and under or between the layers of the two-layer construction.
[Link].1 EXTRA-HEAVY-DUTY-NEOPRENE JACKET

20

After air oven test at 100"Cfl"C for 168 hours - tensile strength and elongation at rupture, minimum percentage of unaged value 50 After oil immersion test at 121"Cf1"C for 18 hours -tensile strength and elongation, minimum, percentage of unaged value 60
[Link].3 EXTRA-HEAVY-DUTY NITRILEBUTADIENE/POLWINYL-CHLORIDE JACKET*

Physical requirements

Physical requirements

Tensile strength, minimum psi kgf/mm2 Tensile stress at 200 percent elongation, minimum psi kgf/mm2 Elongation at rupture, minimum, percent Set, maximum, percent Tear, minimum per pounds kgflmm
Aging requirements

Tensile strength, minimum 2400 kgf/mm2 1.69 1.69 Tensile stress at 200 percent elongation, minimum
~

psi

2400

300
20

psi 700 kgf/mm2 0.49 Elongation at rupture, minimum, percent 300 Set, maximum, percent Tear, minimum pounds 30 40

700

inch

per 40

After air oven test at 100"C+lCfor 168 hours - tensile strength and elongation at rupture, minimum percentage of unaged value

50

kgflmm 0.71 0.71 Aging requirements After air oven test at 100"Cfl"C for 168 hours - tensile strength and elongation at rupture, minimum percentage of unaged value 50
After oil immersion test at 121"C+l"C18 for hours -tensile strength and elongation, minimum, percentage of unaged value 60
*Suitable fora minimum temperature of -1O'C ( 1 4 F ) .

After oil immersion test at l21"C+ 1C for 18 hours- tensile strength and elongation, minimum, percentage of unaged value 60

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

KEA S66-524

WC 7-1992 Page 77

[Link].4

HEAW-Dun NITRILEBUTADIENEJPOLWINYLCHLORIDE JACKET*

[Link].6 EXTFU-HEAW-DLITY CHLOROSULFONATED POLYETHYLENE

Physical requirements

Physical requirements

Tensile strength, minimum psi 1800 1.27 MPa psi MPa

~~ ~ ~

Tensile strength, minimum

2400 16.55
700
4.83

mi
knf/mm2 psi kgf/mm2
~~ ~~ ~~ ~~~ ~

Tensile stress at 200 percent elongation, minimum

Tensile stress at 200 percent elongation, minimum

500
0.35
minimum, percent
300

Elongation at rupture, Tear, minimum pounds KN/m inch

minimum, percent

300
30
40

Elongation at rupture,
~~

Set, maximum, percent

Aging requirements

30
per
50

After air oven test at 10OoC~1"C for 1 6 8 hours - tensile strength and elongation at rupture, minimum percentage of unaged value
-~
~

7.01

Aging requirements

After oil immersion test at 121C+1"C for 18 hours - tensile strength and elongation, minimum, percentage of unaged value
'Suitable for a minimum temperatureof-10"C (14F).

After air oven test at 10OoC~1"C for 168 hours

60

Tensile strength, minimum, percentage of unaged value Elongation at rupture, minimum, percentage of unaged value After oil immersion test at 121"CItl"Cfor 18 hours- tensile strength and elongation, minimum, percentage of unaged value

70

[Link].5

HEAW-Dun CHLOROSULFONATED POLYETHYLENE

60

Physical requirements

60

Tensile strength, minimum psi

~~ ~ ~~ ~~ ~

1 8 0 0

[Link].7 CHLORINATED POLYETHYLENE, HEAVY Dun, CROSSL~NKED

kgflmm2psi kgflmm2 Elongation at rupture, Set, maximum, percent

Aging requirements

1.27
~~

Physical requirements
~

Tensile stress at200 percent elongation, minimum

~~

Tensile strength, minimum

~

500 035
minimum, percent
300
30

psi MPa psi MPa Elongation at rupture, minimum, percent

1800 12.41

Tensile stress at 200 percent elongation, minimum

3.45

After air oven test at 10OoC~1"C for 168 hours - tensile strength, minimum, percentage of unaged value Elongation at rupture, minimum, percentage of unaged value After oil immersion test at 121"Ck 1C for 18 hours- tensile strength and elongation, minimum, percentage of unaged value

300 30

85 65

Set, maximum, percent

Aging requirements

After air oven test at 100"C-Cl"Cfor 168 hours Tensile strength, minimum, percentage of unaged value

60

85

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1 992 Page 78

ICEA S66-524

Elongation at rupture, minimum, percentage of unaged value

55

After oil immersion test at l21"Ckl"C for 18 hours tensile strengthand elongation at rupof unaged value 60 ture, minimum, percentage

[Link].8-[Link]

Text deleted.

7.5
7.5.1

NONSHIELDED SINGLE-CONDUCTOR POWER CABLE Scope

This section covers nonshielded singleconductor i t hm s s l i n k e d nonjacketed and jacketed power cable w thermosetting-polyethylene insulation intended foruse a t 2001 t o SOO0 volts at 100 percent insulation level and o 3000 volts at 133 percent insulation level under 2001 t conditions where shields cannot be adequately grounded is inadequate for proper termination of the or where space shielding, a s follows (see4.2 and AppendixG): 1. Single Conductors Unspliced a. cables in random lay in grounded metal conduit indoors above grade in dry location. b. Mounted on insulators in free air. 2. Triplexed Single Conductors (Factory Assembled)-In conduit or cable trays indoors above grade in dry locations. 3. Single and Triplexed Conductors-Aerially, field spun to a grounded messenger.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

ICEA S-66-524
permitted, they should be bound togetherto keep the phase conductors in contact with each other.
NOTE 2"Pulhg compounds should be nonconducting. (For the puqxxes of NEMA, these notes are approved as Authorized Engineering Information.)

WC 7-1988 Page 79
with 6.14 and 6.15 and shall meet the following requirements. Table 7-29 Nonjacketed Cable
Conductor Insulation Thickness Test Voltage, kV

Size,AWG 7.5.2 Conductors or kcmil The conductors shallbe copper or aluminum in acl O cordancewith Section 2. The conductor sizes shall be as , ~2.79 given in Table 7-29. 225-500
e

mils

mm

AC

Dc

110

l 3 3.05 3.30

35

7.5.3 Insulation The insulation shall be cross-linked-thermosetting polyethylene which meets the requirements of 3.7. [Link] Nonjacketed cables shall have a carbon-black pigmented insulationto provide resistanceto sunlight. The average thickness of the insulation shall be not less than that given in Table 7-29. The minimum thickness shallbe not less than 90 percent of the value in the table. Where installation conditions require additional mechanical protection, the average insulation thickness shall be increased by 30 mils (0.76 mm) or a jacketed cable shall be used. [Link] The average thickness of the insulation for jacketed cables s h d be not less than 90 mils (2.29 mm) and the minimum thickness shall be not less than 81mils (2.06mm). 7.5.4 Jacket For jacketed cables, a jacket that meets the requirements of4.4.1polyvinyl chloride, 4.4.3 chlorinated polyethylene (thermoplastic),[Link] neoprene, [Link] nitrile-butadienelpolyvinyl chloride, [Link] chlorosulfonated polyethylene, or [Link] chlorinated polyethylene (cross-linked) shall be applied over the insulation. The average thickness the of jacket shallbe not less than that given in Table 7-30, and the minimum thickness shall be not less than 80 percent of these values. 7.5.5Length of Lay Triplexed cables shall have a maximum of length lay of 35 times the diameter of the single-conductor cable.

525-1000

1 2 0 1 3 0

l 3 13

35 35

Table 7-30 Cables with Jackets

Conductor Size, AWG or kcmil Insulation Thickness
mils

Jacket Thickness mils

Testvoltage, kV AC DC

mm

mm

8-6
4-210

310-1000

90 90 90

2.29 2.29 2.29

30 45 65

0.76 1.14 1.65

l 3 13
13

35 35

35

[Link].1ACVOLTAGETEST (See 6.14.) The conductor shall withstand the ac test in Table 7-29 or 7-30 5 for minutes, except voltage given that thedc voltage test may be substituted. [Link].2 INSUUTION RESISTANCE (See 6.15.) The conductor shall have an insulation resistance not less than that corresponding to a constant of 20,OOO at 15.6"C ( 6 0 F ) . [Link].3 DCVOLTAGETEST (See 6.14.) Upon completion of the insulation resistance test, the conductor shall withstand for 5 minutes the dc test voltage given i n Table 7-29 or 7-30, unless the ac voltage test is performed. [Link] TESTS FOR DISCHARGE RESISTANCE The samples shall be taken in accordance with 6.11.1.

[Link].1 SURFACE RESISTNITV The surface resistivity shallbe measured in accord7.5.6 Tests ance with6.11.2 and shall be not less than 200,000 The cable shallbe tested in accordance with Section megohms. 6 and shall meet the requirements specified in 7.5 except as otherwise specified in [Link] and [Link]. [Link].2 U-BEND DISCHARGE The sample shall be tested in accordance with 6.11.3 [Link] ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS except thatthe ac potential shall be l 3 kV. There shall Each insulated and/or insulated and jacketed conducbe no voltage breakdown or surface cracking, tor in the completed cable shall be tested in accordance

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

W C 7-55
WC 7-1988 Page 80
[Link].3 TRACK RESISTANCE OF. NONJACKETED CABLES 7.6.3 Insulation

KEA S-66-524

The track resistance shall be determined in accordance with Method A or Method B of 6.11.4. A The average time to failure shall be not lessthan 200 hours.
[Link].3.1 METHOD [Link].3.2 METHOD B The minimum tracking voltage shall be 2OOO volts. 7.6 NONSHIELDED SINGLE-CONDUCTOR CABLE FOR SERIES-LIGHTING CIRCUITS 7.6.1 Scope

The insulation shall meet the requirements of 3.7 for all voltage ratings. The cable shall have carbon-black a pigmented insulation which resistant is to [Link] average thickness of the insulation shall be not less than that given i n Table 7-31, and the minimum thicknessshall be not less than 90 percent of this value.
7.6.4 Tests

The cable shall be tested in accordance with Section 6 and shall meet the requirements specifiedin 7.6 except as otherwise specified in [Link] through [Link].
[Link] VOLTAGE TESTS (See 6.14.) The completed cable shall be tested in

This section covers nonshielded single-conductor nonjacketed cable with cross-linked-thermosettingpolyethylene insulation intended for use in series lighting circuitsat O to 5000 volts.
7.6.2 Conductors

accordance with the following paragraphs at the test voltages specified in Table 7-31: O to 2000 volts -6.14.2 or 6.14.3 or 6.14.4 2001 to 5000 volts-6.14.2 or 6.14.3
[Link] INSULATION RESISTANCE (See 6.15.) The completed cable shall havean insula-

The conductors shall be copper in accordance with Section 2 and of the sizes as given in Table 7-31.

tion resistance not less than that corresponding to the constant of 20,OOO at 156C (60F).

Table 7-31 Insulation Thickness for Series Lighting Cable

Circuit Voltage, Volk* Conductor Size, AWG Insulation Thicknesst mils
mm

Test Voltage, kV AC

O-lo00 1001-2000 2001-5000

12-4 1.91 8-4 2.79 8-4

60 26.5 75 110

1.52 22.5 35.0

21.0 5.0 7.5 13.0

Dc 15.0

DC Spark

...

*The highest circuit voltage at each step represents the maximum operating voltage recommended for the thickness of insulation. ?If protectors are employed, the thickness shallbe determined by the full-load voltage. If the circuit is to be operated without protectors, the thickness shall be determined by the open-circuit voltage. The following tabulation of series lighting transformer ratings is representative of those in common use.*
Secondary 6.6 Ampere Ratings, kW Full-load Voltage, Volk, With Protectors Open-circuit Voltage, Volk, Without Protectors

20 Ampere Secondary
Full-load Voltage, Volk, open-circuit Volhge, Volk, With Protectors Without Protectors

10 15 20 25
30 40

2090 2272
3030

500
750 lo00

690 1360

1020

3090

4115 5110 6130 8180

1250 1500 2000 4545

6060

1685

*This paragraph is approved by NEMA as Authorized Engineering Information.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

!Cf3S-66-524
[Link] TESTS FOR DISCHARGE RESISTANCE These tests shall be made on cables rated 2001 volts and higher. The samples shall be taken i n accordance with 6 . 1 1 . 1 . [Link].1 Surface Resistivity The surface resistivity shall be measund in a c c o r d a n with 6 . 11.2 and shall be not lessthan 200,000megohms. [Link].2 U-Bend Discharge The sample shall be tested in accordance with 6.1 1 . 3 with an ac potential of 13 kV. There shall be no voltage breakdown or s u r f a c e cracking. [Link].3 Track Resistance The track resistance shall be determined in accordance with Method A or M e t h o d B or 6.I 1 . 4 . [Link].3.1 METHOD A The average time t o failure shall be not less than 200 hours. [Link].3.2 METHOD B The minimum tracking voltage shall be 2000 volts. 7.7 CONTROL CABLES See NEMA Pub No. WC 57, ICEA Pub No. S-73-532. 7.7.1 Scope Paragraph deleted. 7.7.2 Conductors Paragraph deleted. 7.7.3 Insulation Paragraph deleted. 7.7.4CoveringoverInsulation Paragraph deleted. 7.7.5 Conductor Identification Paragraph deleted. 7.7.6 Assembly Paragraph deleted. 7.7.7 Overall Jackets 7.7.8Type D Cables Paragraph deleted 7.7.9 Tests -&h deleted. 7.8 METAL-CLAD CABLES WITH GROUNDING CONDUCTOR 7.8.1 Scope This section covers two-, three-,and fouranductor cross-iinked-thermosetting-polyethylene-insuia interlocked armored metalclad cables with a grounding con-

WC 7-1988 Revision% Page 81

ductor. Power conducton shall be size 1 4 AWG through loo0 kcmil if of copper and size 12 AWG through 1000 kcmil i f of aluminum. 7.8.2 Conductors Insulated power conductors and insulated or uninsulated grounding conductors shall be made of copper or aluminum and shall meet the requirements given in Section 2 . The groundingconductorshallbe cabled with the insulated power conductors in one o r more sections. [Link] CABLES RATED 2000 VOLTS OR LESS The minimum size of tfic grounding conductor shall be given in Table 7-32.
[Link] 7-32 Grounding Conductor Sb@ for C a b u l M o d 2060 V o b or lass
Power Conductor Sbr, AWG or kcmil
Copper
AlUlTlblUl

Minimum Gnundhg Conductor Sbr, AWC

COPptr

Ahrmtuum

1 4 12 10-8 6-4

12 1 0
8-6

4-2 1-410
I . .

3-U0
3 w

1 4 1 2 1 0 8 6

12 1 0 8 6 4 1
1
2/0

...
500-1000

25C700 750-1000

3 3
1

[Link] CABLES RATED 2001 VOLTS AND ABOVE The minimum size of the groundingconductor shall be as given in Table 7-33. 7.8.3 Conductor Stress Control Layer Conductor suess conml layer shall be used on conductors having rated circuit voltages above 2ooo volts. 7.8.4 Insulation The insulation shall meet the r c q u i r u n a t s given in

section 3.

7.86 Insulation Shielding Insulation Shielding shall comply with 4 . 1 and 4.2 7.8.6 Coveting If a IK)IunetBllic covering i s uscd ova tk individual insulated conductor,it shall be a tape,braid, or@kt. The jackel shall canply with 4 . 4 . 7.8.7 Assembly he insulated power conductor and the grounding cond u m shall be cabled together with without fillas. The directionof lay shall be left-hand, The maximum length Of

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1988 Revision% Page 82

ICEA s-66-524

62
1-U0 310 AWG-250 kcmil

300400
450-600
750-1000

lay shall be i n accordancewith Section 5 and shall be based on the calculated diameter of the individual powerconductor. A suitable binder shall be applied over the assembly. 7.8.8 Amor An interlocked metal tape armor meeting the requirements of4.5.7 shall be applied over the assembly.

7.8.9 Tests ThecableshallbetestedinaccordancewithSection6and m e t req-en~ setion 7.8.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

ICEA S-66-524

WC 7-1988 Page 85

Section 8 APPENDICES
Section 8 is classified by NEMA as Authorized Engineering Information.
Appendix A ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS

ac- alternating-current AWG -American wire gauge BWG -Birmingham wire gauge C- Celsius (centigrade) dc- direct-current F -Fahrenheit g/m -grams per meter Hz- hertz (electrical frequency in cycles per second) kcmil- thousands of circular mils (formerly MCM) kg -kilogrm(s)

km-kilometer@,) kN/m -kilonewtons per meter kV- kilovolt(s) MPa -megapascals mm-millimeter(s) psi -pounds persquare inch %-percent f -plus or minus

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-88 WC 7-1988 Page 86

1 6470247 0007348

L r
ICEA S-66-524
Elongation 2 inch (50.8 mm) Lenglh, Percent

Appendix B REPRESENTATIVE TENSILE STRENGTH AND ELONGATION OF NONMAGNETIC METALS

Slrenglh Tensile Metal
')

psi

MPa

Aluminum 90-310
Ambrac

13,00045,000 50,000-70,000 276-345 40,000-50,000 241-289 35,00042,000 35,000-50,000 75,000 565-620 82,000-90,OOO

345-482

20-40
40
45

Bronze

Low 40-50 Brass Commercial Copper 241-345 517Monel Stainless 50 Zinc

138

60

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 6430247 7-88

oooq14q

3r
WC 7-1988 Page 87

ICEA S-66624

Appendix C DEFINITIONS FOR MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE OF CONDUCTORS IN INSULATED WIRE AND CABLE MAXIMUM CONDUCTOR TEMPERATURE-OPERATING The highest conductor temperature attained by any part of the cable line under operating current load. C1.2 MAXIMUM CONDUCTOR TEMPERATURE-EMERGENCY OVERLOAD The highestconductortemperatureattained by any time part of the cable line during emergency overload of C1.l

specified time, magnitude, and frequency of application.

C1.3 MAXIMUM CONDUCTOR TEMPERATURE-SHORT CIRCUIT The highest conductor temperature attained by any part of the cable line during a short circuit of specified and

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1988

Page 88
Appendix D EMERGENCY OVERLOADS

ICEA S-66-524

Operation at the emergency overload temperature of 130C (%OF) shall not exceed 100 hours in any twelve consecutive monthsnor more than500 hours during the lifetime of the cable. n Lower temperatures for emergency overload conditions may be required becauseof the type of material used i the cable, joints, and terminations or because of cable environmental conditions.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1 992 Page 89

Appendix E REFERENCED PUBLICATIONS AND STANDARDS

El NEMA PUBLICATIONS
Wire and Cable Packaging

I NEMA26-1984* WC
E2
ICEA PUBLICATIONS T-24-380, rev. i2JSO T-27-581PJEM.A WC 53-1983

Guide for Partia-Discharge Test Proceduret Standard Test Methods for Extruded Dielectric Power, Control, Instrumentationand Portable Cables

P-46-426EEE Ampacities** Cable Power #S-135 (SH007096) P-53-426, 2nd Ed./NEm WC 50-1976 (R1982,1988)
Ampacities, Including Effect of Shield Losses for SingleConductor Solid-Dielectric Power Cable, 15 kV through 69 kV*

E3

ASTM STANDARDS$

E3.1 .i ASTM Standards to which referenceis made in this standard, but not in all of the other three: S-19-81, WC 3; S-61-402, WC 5 ; and S-68-516,WC 8.

B 232-86 B 233-85

Concentric-Lay-Stranded AluminumConductors, Coated SteelReinforced (ACSR), Specification for Aluminum-Alloy 1350 Drawing Stock for Electrical Purposes, Specifications for Tinned Hard-Drawn and Medium-Hard Drawn Copper Wirefor Elecfrical Purposes, Specifications for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Aluminum-Alloy5005-HI9 Conductors, Specification for Tension Testing Wrought and Cast Aluminum-and Magnesium-Alloy Products Polyethylene PlasticsMolding and Extrusion Materials, Specification for Dust-and-Fog Tracking and Erosion Resistance of Electrical Insulating Materials, Test for Degree of Crosslinking in Crosslinked Ethylene Plastics as Determined by Solvent Extraction Tests for

B 246-88
B 397-85

B 557-84 D 1248-84 (R 1989)

D 2132-85

D 2765-84

E3.1.2 ASTM Standards to which reference is made in each of the following four standards: S-19-81, WC3; S-61402, WC 5, S-66-524, WC 7; and S-68-516, WC 8.

A 90-81 (R 1987)
B 1-85

Weight of Coating Zinc on Test Method for

Coating (Galvanized)Iron or Steel Articles,

Hard-Drawn Copper Wire, Specification for Medium-Hard Drawn Copper Wire, Specification for
Soft or Annealed Copper Wire, Specificationfor

B 2-88 B 3-74 (R 1980, 1985)

B 5-89
B 8-86

Tough-Pitch Electrolytic Copper Refinery Shapes, Specification for Concentric-Lay Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft,Specification for

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1992 Page 90

ICEA S-66-524

, B29-79 (R 1984) B 33-81 (R 1985)

Pig Lead, Specification for Tinned Soft or Annealed Copper Wirefor Electrical Purposes, Specification for Rope-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors Having Bunch-Stranded Members, for Electrical Conductors, Specification for Standard Specification for Rope-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors Having Concentric-Stranded Members, for Electrical Conductors Standard Specifcation for Bunch-Stranded Copper Conductors for Electrical Conductors Standard Specification for Lead-Coated and Lead-Alloy-Coated So8 Copper Wirefor Electrical Purposes Standard Test Method for Resistivity of Electrical Conductor Materials Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper and Copper-Clad Steel Composite Conductors Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy 1350-Hl9 Wire,for Electrical Purposes Standard Specifcation for Concentric y-Stranded Aluminum Alloy 1350 Conductors Cross-Sectional Area of Stranded Conductors, Determination of Concentric-Lay-Stranded Aluminum-Alloy 6201-T81Conductors Compact-Round Concentric-Lay-Stranded Aluminum I350 Conductors Compact-Round Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors Aluminum 13SO Round Wire, Annealed and Intermediate Tempers,for Electrical Purposes Standard Test Method for DC Resistance or Conductance of Insulating Materiais Standard Test Method for Rubber Properties in Tension Standard Test Method for Rubber Property-Effect of Liquids Standard Test Method for Brittleness Temperature of Plastics and Elastomers by impact
f Ethylene Standard Test Method for Environmental Stress-Cracking o Plastics

172-71 (R 1980, 1985)

B 173-71 (R 1980.1985)
' B174-71 (R 1980, 1985) B 189-85

B 193-87 B 229-85
B 230-85 B 23 1-85

B 243-88 B 399-86 B 400-86 B 496-81 (R 1984) B 609-85

D 257-78 (R 1983) D 4 12-87 D 47 1-79

D 746-79 (R 1987) D 1693-70 (R 1980,1988) D 3349-86 E 8-88

Standard Test Method for Absorption Coefficient of Carbon Black Pigmented Ethylene Plastic Film Standard Methods o f Tension Testing o f Metallic Materials

* Copies may be obtained from NEMA, National E l e c t r i c a l Manufacturers Association, 1300 N. 17th Street. Suite 1847, Rossiyn, VA 22209

Copies may be obtained from IEEE, 445 Hoes

[Link], NI 08855-1331

*+ Copies may be obtained from ICEA, P.O. Box 4 4 0 , South Yarmouth, MA 02664

Copies may be obtained from ASTM. 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

r
WC 7-1988 Page 91

KEA S-66-524

Appendix F AMPACITIES FOR TWO-CONDUCTOR CONCENTRIC-NEUTRAL SINGLE-PHASE PRIMARY UNDERGROUND RESIDENTIAL DISTRIBUTION CABLES (SEE 7.1.)
Conductor
Size, AWG or

Copper Direct Buried*

In Buried Duct* In Airt In Duct In
-

Aluminum

kcmil

Airt

Direct Buried*

InBuried Duct*

In

A i *

InDuct In

Cables Rated5 kV 90C

174 1

4 3 126 2
1

132 169 193 152 219 249 174

97 1 1 1 128 144 116 165

1 8 8

114 132 139

1 1 1

... ...
199 226 256 291 335

88

...

90
120 160 186 211 247
.

76

...

100 1 1 5 132 1 4 4 163 189 215 250

V0

284
324 368
425

200
233

WO
310
410

217 247

268
316 319

288

150 172 195 226

1 3 1

149 170 197 219

250
300

...

...

...
250
.

...

4 132 3 2 119 1 110 210 310 410

250

162 186 210 158 145 240 273 313 358

116

150 137 171

194 224 255 293

252 ... 370 287 418 Cables Rated15 kV 90C 120 128 100 138 114 1 3 1 1 6 8 193 181 148

... 278 ...

...

...

79 91

...

95
a..

...
103
135 154 176 201

119
155 177 201 230

125

410

208 240 278 324

169 1% 222 257 291

218 248 284 324

360

166 190 218 253

300

... ...

......
a..

... ...

...

403

257 254

285 324

225

* Ambient temperature of 20C; 100 percent load factor; thermal resistivityRHO-90

The multiplyingcorrection factors for load factors of 75 and 50 percent shall be: Correction Factors
75 Percent Load Factor
B

50 Percent Load Factor

Rating of Cable, kV

Cable Only

In Duct

Cable Only

In Duct

1.04
*

1.09 1.08

1.07 1.07

1.16 1.16

1.04

15

Continuous loading at maximum rating may result in moisture migration away from cablesand increased thermal resistivity. See Power Cable Ampacities, ICEA Publication No.P46426 (IEEE Publication No.S-135).Section 5, Page XIII. t h l b i e n t temperature of 40C; 30 to 100 percent load factor.

Appendix F-1 AMPACITIES FOR THREE-PHASE UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION CABLES

For ampacitiessee theICEA/NEMA Standards Publication No. WC 50,AmpacitiesIncluding Effect of Shield Losses for Srtgle-Conductor Solid-Dielectric Power Cables 15 kVthrouglt 69 kY (KEA P-53-426).

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-88

6470247 0 0 0 q 3 5 4

7r
ICEA S-66-524

WC 7-1988 Page 92

Appendix G SHIELDING
G1.l DEFINITIONOFSHIELDING Shielding of an electric power cable is the practice of confining the dielectric field of the cable to theinsulation of the conductor or conductors. It is accomplished by means of a conductor stress control layer and an insulation shield. G2.1FUNCTIONSOFSHIELDING

Likewise, damage to nonshielded cable may result when the surface of the cable is moist or covered with soot, soapy grease or other conducting film,and the external field is partly confined by such conducting film so that the charging current is carried by the film to some spot where it can dischargeto ground. The resultant intensity of discharge may be sufficient to cause burning of the insulation or jacket.
63.1.4 Where nonshielded cables are used in underground ducts containing several circuits that must be worked on independently, the external field, if sufficiently intense, can cause shocks to those who handle or contact energized cable. In cases of this kind, itmay be advisableto use shielded cable. Shielding used to reduce hazards of shock should have a resistance low enough to operate protectiveequipment in case of fault. In some cases, the efficiency of protective equipment may require proper size ground wires as a supplement to shielding. The same considerations apply to exposed installations where cables may be handled by personnel who maynot be acquainted with the hazards involved. 64.1 GROUNDING OF THE INSULATION SHIELD

to G2.1.1 A conductor stress control layer is employed preclude excessive voltage stress on voids between conductor and insulation. To be effective, it must adhere to or remain in intimate contact with the insulation under all conditions.
G2.1.2 An insulation shield has a numberof functions: 1 . To confine the dielectric field within the cable. 2. To obtain symmetrical radial distribution of voltage stress within the dielectric, thereby minimizing the possibility of surface discharges by precluding excessive tangential and longitudinal stresses. 3. To protect cable connected to overhead lines or otherwise subject to induced potentials. 4. To limit radio interference. 5. To reduce thehazard of shock. This advantage is obtained only if the shield is grounded. If not grounded, the hazard of shock may be increased. G3.1USE OF INSULATIONSHIELDING

be grounded at least G 4 1.I The insulation shield must at one end and preferably to two or more locations. It is recommended that the shield be grounded at cable terminationsand at splices and taps. Stress cones should be made at all shield terminations.
G4.1.2 The shield should operate at or near ground potential at all times. Frequent grounding of shields reduces the possibility of open sections on nonmetallic covered cable, Multiple grounding of shields is desirable in order to improve the reliability and safety of the circuit. All grounding connections should be made to the shield in such a way as to provide a permanent low resistance bond. Shielding which does not have adequate ground connection due to discontinuity of the shield or to improper termination may be more dangerous than nonshielded nonmetalliccable and hazardous to life. G5.1 SHIELD MATERIALS
G5.1.1 %o distinct typesof materials are employed in constructingcableshields.

G3.1.I The use of shielding involvesconsideration of installation and operating conditions. Definite rules cannot be established on a practical basis for all cases, but the following features should be considered as a working basisfor the use of shielding. G3.1.2 Where there is no metallic covering or shield over the insulation, the electric field will be partly in the insulation and partly inwhatever lies between the insulation and ground. The external field, if sufficiently intense in air, will generate surface discharge and convert atmospheric oxygen into ozone, whichmay be destructive to insulations and to protective jackets. If the surface of the cable is separated from ground by a thin layer of air and the air gap is subjected to a voltage stress that exceeds the dielectric strength of air, a discharge will occur, causing ozone formation. G3.1.3 The ground may be either a metallicconduit, a damp nonmetallicconduit, or a metallic binding tape or rings on an aerial cable, a loose metallic sheath, etc.

G5.1.I .I Nonmetallic shields may consist of a conducting tape or a layer of conducting compound. The tape may be conducting compound, fibrous tape faced

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

S T D - N E M A WC 7-ENGL L788

h 4 7 0 2 4 7 0532572 I T 2

WC 7-1988

ICEA s-66-524
orfilledwithconductingcwnpound,orconductingfi~~

pages
includingany conducting residue on the insulation sllrface, must be removed completelya t splices and m n ia t a it u . G0.1.2 An outer extnded insularion shield shall be removable without damaging ar imparting conductivity t o the underlying insulation. 'Ihis may be accomplishedby theaidofheat(airarflame)orbytheuseofasuitable solvent.

t a p e .
G51.1.2 Metallic shields should be nonmagnetic and may consist of t a p e ,braid, concentric serving of w r e is ,or a sheath.
G6.1 SPUCES AND TERMINATIONS

G6.1.1 To prevent excessive leakagecurrentand flashover, metallic and nonmetallic insulation shields,

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

-~

S T D - N E M A WC 7-ENGL

3708

b 4 7 0 2 4 7 0532573 O37

JANUARY 1991 WC 8-1988 Page 94

ICEA s-66-524

Appendix H U RECOMMENDED BENDING RADIIFOR CABLES

H1.l SCOPE ?his appendix contains the minimum values for the mdii to which insdated cables may bebentforpermanent training during [Link] limits do not apply to conduit bends, sheaves ar other curved surfacm mund which the cable maybe pulled under tension while being installed.*In all cases the minimum radii specified refers totheinner~ofthecableandnottotheaxisofthe H 3 . w TAPE SHEWED CABLES The minimum bending radius for tape shielded cables given below applies to helically applied flat or cormgated tape ar longitudinally applied CORugated rape shielded cables. The minium bending radius for a single conductor cable is twelve times the ovedl d i a m e t e r . For multiple-conductorar multiplexed single conductor cables having individually taped shiekled conductors, the minimum bending radius is twelve t i m the diameter of theindivi~conductorsorseventimesthe~eralldiame ter, whicheveris greater. For multiple-canductor cables having an overall tape shield overthe assembly, the minimum h d i n g radius is twelve times the overall diameter of the cable. H3.1.82 W E SHEWED CABm The minimum bending radius for a single conductor cable is eight times the overalldiameter. F o r multiplexonductor ar multiplexed single conductor cables having wire shielded individual conductors, the minimum bending radius is eight times the diameterof the individual conductors ar five times the overall diameter, whichever is greater. For multipleconductorcables having a wire shield over the assembly, the minimum bending radius is eight times the overall diameter of the cable. H4.1DRUMDIAMETERS OF REELS See NEMA Pub. No. WC26-1984,* Wie und Cubk Packaging, which is quoted in 'Mie H-3.

c a b l e .
H2.1POWER

SHEATH, SHIELDING OR ARMOR

CABLES WITHOUTMETALLIC

The minimum bending radii for both single-and multiple-conductor cable without metallicsheath and without metallic shielding or armor are shown in Table H-1.

H3.1 POWER CABLES WITH METALUC SHIELDING SHEATHSOR ARMOR H3.1.1 InterlockedArmored and Metallic Sheathed Cables The minimum bending radius for interlocked m a rd cables smooth o r m g a t e d aluminum sheath or lead sheath shall be in accurdance with M l e H-2. H3.1.2 Flat Tape Armored or Wire Armored Cables The minimum bending radius for a l l flat tape armored and all wire m o r e d cables is twelve times the overall diameterof cable. H3.1.3 Shielded c a b e ls ,Without Armor

Table H-1 MINIMUM BENDING RADII FOR POWER CABLE SINGLE & MULTIPLE CONDUCTOR CABLES SHEATH, METALLIC SHIELDINGOR ARMOR WITHOUT METALUC

0.169 and less 4.31 and less O. 17M.3 10 4.32-7.87 0.311 and 7.88 over and over

5
6
7

6
7 8

...

B R d d 1-30-1991.

Edit~tiaUy m i d on July 22.1987.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

lCEAs-66-524

JANUARY 1991 WC 8-1988 Page 95

Table H-2 D MINIMUM RADIIFOR POWER CABLE SJNGLE & MULTIPLE CONDUCTOR CABLESWITH INTERLOCKED ARMOR,SMOOTH OR CORRUGATED ALUMINUM SHEATH OR LEAD SHEATH

Overall Diametexof Cable

inches 0 . 7 5 &less

mm inches mm inches 190 0 . 7 6 to 1 9 1 to & less 38 150 1 Minimum Bending Radius as a Multiple of Cable Diameter

mm 382 &

larger

Smooth Aluminum Sheath

Single Conductor Nonshielded, Multiple conductor or Multiplexed, WithIndividUally Conductors Shielded Single Conductor Shielded Multiple Conductor or Multiplexed, with O v e d Shield

10 1 2

1 2 1 2

1 5
15

12

12

15

M u l t i p l e Conductor
WithIndividUally Conductor Shielded

lm*
1 2 12

lm*

lm*
12

1 2

Multiple Conductor with Overall Shield

Lead Sheath 12

+12x individual shielded ecndu*or diameter, or 7 x ovarll a b l e diameter, whichever is the grerter.

D Thle d d d 1-30-1991,

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

JANUARY 1991 WC 8-1988 Page 95A

ICI3 s-66-524

Table H 4 EXCERPT FROM NEMA STANDARDS PUBLICATION WC 26-1984, " A N D

[Link]

CABLEPACKAGING'
MblkumDtmcta m Mulupk dourdde D l u M ! t & d C . b k

A. Single-and multipleamductor nonmetalliccovered cable 1. N o n s h e iW and wire shielded,including cableswith concentric wires a . O-rnWb b. M m than 200 Ml& 1. Nonjaclced w i t h concentric wires
2. 2. Tape Shielded B. Single- and multipleanductor metallic-coveFedcable 1. Tubular metallic sheadred Allothers

10 14

a.-

14 25 30 16 16 14 14

2. 3. Flattapearmared 4. Corrugatedmetallic sheathed 5. Interlockedarmor C. Multiple single conductors cabled together without common wvering, including self-supportingcab1eS"Ihecircumscxibmg overalldiameter shall be multiplied by thefactorgiveninitemABandthenbythereductionfactorof0.75. D . Combinatiom?+For combinations of the types &scxibed in items A, B, and C, the highest factor for any component type shall be used.

w i r e a n n o r e d

b. Aluminum 1. Chtside diameter-1.750" and less 2 Chtside diameter-1.75 1" and larger

E Single- and multiple-conductor cable in coilable nonmetallic duct

outside [Link] duct,inci"
0.0-0.5026 0.51-1.0024 1.01-1.2522 1.26-1.5021 M m than1.5021

2 6 24 22 21 20

* Editoriallynwiacd 011 7-221987.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

ICEA "524

WC 7-1988 paaes

4 695 93 124 122 4 2 168 1641/0165 159 2 192 1 187 189 184 1P 3P 4/0 250 350 211 243 279 321 355 218 251 278 342

...

...

... ...

10 20

1.18 1.10 1.00

0.90

30 40
50
215 246 283 325 359 401 221 254 281

2/0

3Eo
4P 250 300

400

360

344 367
393

450395 398

424 438 500425 435 350 400 ... 470

450
500

...

502
536

...

... ...

473

...

504
536

...

...

...

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-88

6470247 0007357

br
WC 7-1988 Page 97

ICEA S-66-524

Appendix J AMPACITIES AND VOLTAGE RATINGS OF PORTABLE CABLES Jl.1 AMPACITIES (CURRENTCARRYING CAPACITY IN AMPERES) The recommended ampacities for portable cables are 1 . These values are based on an ambient given in TableK temperature of 40C ( 1 0 4 O F ) . Correction factors for ampacities at various ambient temperatures are as follows:
L

51.2 VOLTAGE RATINGS It is recommended that the various types of portable cables be limited the to following maximum circuit voltages: 2000 Volts Single-conductor nonshielded 'Qpe W and G - two conductor 'Qpe W - three, four, five, and six conductor 'Qpe G -four and five conductor 'Qpe G-GC- three conductor m e PG -two and three conductor 'Qpe PCG -two and three conductor 'Qpe SHC-GC- three conductor
5000 Volts

AmbienlTemperature,

wY"c
1 0
20

CorrectionFactors

1.26 1 . 1 8 1.10 1.00

0.90

30 40

50

m e G* -three conductor
25000 Volts

When the cables are used w i t h one or more layers wound on a reel, the ampacities shall be correctedas follows:
Number of Layers
Multiplying CorrectionFactors

'Qpe SH -single conductor 'Qpes SHD and SHD-GC

1
2

0 . 8 5
0 . 6 5
0.45

*Shielded cables provide a higher level of safety at ratings over 2000 volts.

3
4

0.35

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-66

h470247 0009160 2

WC 7-1988 Page 98

ICEA S-66-524

. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .

fijZ$$E

Is: m
3

i
c

Q I: . : . : . .: 3

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1988

Revision% Page 99
APPENDIX K

(Deleted)

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

W Ch 4 77 -0 82 84 7
ICEA S-66-524

0007365
WC 7-1988 Page 103

Appendix L ADDITIONAL CONDUCTOR INFORMATION Table L-1 Solid Aluminum and Copper Conductors
ApproximateWeight

i z e , Conductor S AWG or kcmil

per Pounds
~

Aluminum

Copper

loo0 Feet

%m

per Pounds

loo0 Feet

dm

22
20

19 18 17 16
1 5 14 13 12 8.94 1 1 14.22 10

... ...
...

... ... ... ...

2.88

... ...
6.01 7.57 9.56 12.04 15.20 19.16 24.15 30.45 38.41 48.43 61.07 77.03 97.15 122.5 154.4 194.7 230.1 276.1 322.1 368.2 414.4 460.2

14.7 18.5 23.4 37.1

... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

~

1.94 3.10 3.90 4.92 6.21 7.81 9.87 12.4 15.7 24.9 39.62 49.98 63.03 79.44 100.2 126.3 159.3 200.9 253.3 319.5 402.8 507.8 640.5

4.61 5.81 7.32 9.24 11.6

...

11.3

.9 8 7 6 45.32 57.17 72.08 90.89 114.6

5 4 3 2 1

58.9517.92 74.38 22.62 93.80 28.52 118.2 35.94 149.0 237.1 298.9 377.0 475.5144.6 182.3 755.8 229.8 953.2289.8 342.4 410.9 479.4 547.9 616.3
648.8

188.0

U0

U0
310 410 250

599.5

300
350

400
450 500

... ... ... ... ... ...

... ...

...
a.. a..

...

Authorized Engineering Information 7-14-1982.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7 - 8 8 WC 7-1988 Page 104

6470247 0007Lbh 3 r
ICEA S-66-524

Table L-2 Concentric Stranded ClassB Aluminum and Copper Conductors

Conductor Size, AWG or kcmil

Number of Approximate Diameter of

Strands Each Strand
mils
mm

Approximate Outside Diameter Copper inches

0.029 0.036 0.041 0.046 0.052 0.058

Approximate Weight AIuminum

mm
0.737 0.914 1.04

Poundsper 1 O 0 0 Feel

g/m

Poundsper Loo0 Feet

1.975 3.154 3.974 5.015 6.324 7.974 9.959 12.68 16.01 20.16 25.49 32.06 40.42 51.0 64.2 80.9 102 129 162 205 259 326 411 518 653 772 925 1080 1236 1390 1542 1700 1850 2006 2160 2316 2469 2780 3086 3394 3703 3859 4012 4320 4632 4936 5249 5403 5562 5865

g/m
2.941 4.705 5.922 7.462 9.429 11.86 14.98 18.88 23.82 30.00 37.80 47.71 60.14 75.9 95.7 121 152 192 242 305

22 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 1 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
7 7 7 7 7 7 7 19 19 19 19 19 37 37 37 37 37 37 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 91 91 91 91 91 91 127 127 127 127 127 127

2 1

1 1 0
2P 310 410 250

300
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750

9.6 12.1 13.6 15.2 17.2 19.2 21.6 24.2 27.2 30.5 34.3 38.5 43.2 48.6 54.5 61.2 68.8 77.2 86.7 97.4 66.4 74.5 83.7 94.0 105.5 82.2 90.0 97.3 104.0 110.3 116.2 95.0 99.2 103.2 107.1 110.9 114.5 121.5 128.0 109.9 114.8 117.2 119.5 124.0 128.4 112.2 115.7 117.4 119.1 122.3 125.5 6176

0.244
0.307 0.345 0.437 0.488 0549 0.615 0.691 0.775 0.871 0.978 1.10 1.23 1.39 1.56 1.75 1.96 2.20 2.47 1.69 1.89 2.13 2.39 2.68 2.09 2.29 2.47 2.64 2.80 2.95 2.41 2.52 2.62 2.72 2.82 2.91 3.09 3.25 2.79 2.92 2.98 3.04 3.15 3.26 2.85 2.94 2.98 3.02 3.11 3.19

0.386

1.17

... ... ...

e.. e..

... ...

1.32 1.47

... ... ... ...

... ... ... ..* ...

... ... ... ... ... ... ...

... ... ... ... ... ...

6..

... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
...
a..

... ...

... ... ...

... ...

... ... ... ...

...

...

6.13 7.72 9.75 12.3 15.5 195 24.6 31.1 39.2 49.4 62.3 78.6 99.1 125 157 199 235 282 329 376 422 469 517 563 610 657 704 751 845 939 1032

... ... ... ... ... ... ...

... ...

... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9.12

6..

800
900 1000 1100
1200 1250 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1750

...

...

... ... ... ...

... ...

... ... ...

... ... ... ... 2790

... ... ...

... ...

... ... ... ... ... ...

e..

... ...

... ...

11.5 14.5 18.3 23.1 29.1 36.7 46.2 58.3 735 92.7 117 147 186 234 296 349 419 489 559 629 699 768 838 908 978 1050 1120 1260 1400 1540 1680 1750 1820 1960 2100 2240 2370
2440 ....

385
485 611 771 972 1150 1380 1610 1840 2070 2530 2760 2990 3220 3450 3680 4140 4590 5050 5510 5740 5970 6430 6890 7350

2300

1800 1900
20009190

... ... ... 2650 ...

1126 1173 1220 1313 1408 1501 1596 1643 -~

"

1691 . . . .

2510

1783 1877

Authorized Engineering Information 7.14-1982

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

W C 7-86
~~

h470247 0007367
WC 7-1988 Page 105

ICEA S-66-524

0
Conductor Size,

Table L-3 Concentric Stranded ClassC and D Aluminum and Copper Conductors
Class c

Class

AwG Or
22 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 1 1 10 9

Number of Strands

Approximate Diameter of Each Strand Number

"

mils

of Strands

Approximate Diameter
"

of Each Strand

mils

mm

4 3 2
1

7 6

250 300 350 400 450

500 -. .

550 600 650 700 750 800 900 loo0 1100 127 1200 99.2 127 1250 127 2.23 1300 87.7 127 1400 1500 2.76 127 2.39 169 1600 100.3 1700 169 217 1750 2.59 169 217 1800 2.62 169 1900 169 108.8 2ooo 169

19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 37 37 37 37 37 61 61 61 61 61 61 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 127
"
~~

... ... ... ...

... ...

...

... ... ... ...

...
...

...

... ... ... ... ...

0.%3 0.419 0.470
O528 O594

...

14.7 16.5 18.5 20.8 23.4 26.2 295 33.1 37.2 41.7 46.9 52.6 59.1 47.6 53.4 60.0 67.3 75.6 64.0 70.1 75.7 81.0 85.9 90.5
7.1 . ...

81.2 84.5 87.7 90.8 93.8 99.4 104.8 93.1 169 101.2 105.0 108.7 217 101.8 103.2 217 106.0

0.665 0.749 0.841 0.945 1.06 1.19 1.34 1.50 1.21 1.36 1.52 1.71 1.92 1.63 1.78 1.92 2.06 2.18 2.30 1 . G 2.06 2.15 2.23 2.31 2.38 2.53 2.66 2.36 2.14 2.18 94.2 2.57 2.67 2.55 2.69 2.31 2.18

37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 61 61 61 61 61 91 91 91 91 91 91 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 169

~~

... ... ... ...

... ... ...

...
v..

... ...
S.. S..

... ... ... ... ... ...

0.%7 0 . 3 0 0 0.338 0.378 0.424 0.478 0.536 0.602 0.676 0.759 0.853 0.958 1.08 0.940 1.06 1.19 1.33 150 1.33 1 . 4 6 157 1.68 1.79 1.88 1.67 1.74 1.82 1.88 1.95 2.02 2.14 2.25 2.05

a..

10.5 11.8 13.3 14.9 16.7 18.8 21.1 23.7 26.6 29.9 33.6 37.7 42.4 37.0 41.6 46.7 52.4 58.9 52.4 57.4 62.0 66.3 70.3 74.1 68.7 71.5 74.2 76.8 79.4 84.2 88.7 80.7 84.3 86.0 91.0 85.9 885 89.8 93.6 96.0

65.8

169 169 169

_e

2.25 2.28 2.31 2.38 2.44

NOTE?,-The weights of Class C and ClassD conductors are the same as for the equivalent ClassB conductor (see Table N-2).
Authorized Engineering Information 7-14-1982.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 6470247 7-88

0007368 7
KEA S-66-524

WC 7-1988

Page 106
Table L-4 Ro~e-Lav Aluminum andComer Conductors, Class G
Conductor She, AWG or kcmil

Number Suggested Approximate Diameter Approximate Outside Approximate Weight Diameter of Strands Co&lrucof Each Strand Copper
"
~~

lion

Aluminum Poundsper lo00 Feet

glm

mils

mm

inches

nun

14 3.2 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

49 2.11 0.083 7x7 0.23 2.64 49 0.1047 x0.29 7 3.33 49 0.1317 x 0.37 7 3.76 49 0.148 7 x0.42 7 4.2249 0.166 7 x0.47 7 49 49 49 49 49 49 133 133 133 633 133 259 259 259 259 7x7 7x7 7x7 7x7 7x7 7x7 19x7 19x7 19x7 19x7 19x7 37x7 37x7 37x7 37x7

9.2 11.6 14.6 16.4 18.4 20.6 23.1 26.0 29.2 32.8 36.8 25.1 28.2 31.6 35.5 39.9 31.1 34.0 36.8 39.3 41.7 43.9 35.9 37.5 39.0 40.5 41.9 43.3 45.9 48.4 50.8 53.0 54.1 55.2 57.3 59.3 47.7 49.2 49.9 50.6 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.74 0.83 0.93 0.64 0.72 0.80 0.90 1.01 0.79 0.86 0.93 1.00 1.12 0.91 0.95 0.99 1.03 1.06 1.10 1.17 1.23 1.35 1.37 1.46 1.51 1.21 1.25 1.27 1.29 0.185 0.208 0.234 0.263 0.295 0.331 0.377 0.423 0.474 0.533 0,599 0.653 0.714 0.773 0.825 0.922 0.969 1.013 1.053 1.094 1.131 1.169 1.239 1.307 1,431 1.461 1.547 1.601 1.670 1.722 1.747 1.771 4.70 29.4 37.0 5.28 5.94 6.68 74.2 7.49 8.41 9.58 10.7 12.0 13.5 15.2 16.6 18.1 19.6 21.0 23.4 24.6 25.7 26.7 27.8 28.7 29.7 31.5 33.2 36.3 37.1 39,3 40.7 42.4 43.7 44.4 45.0

... ...
... ...
.I.

Poundsper lo00 Feet

glm

.. 19.1 ...30.3 ... 48.2 ...60.7 ...

1

12.8 20.3 32.3 40.8 51 65 82 103

76.6 96.6 122 154 194 244 308 392 495 623 786
9 9 1 1175 1410 1650 1885

20 25 31 40 50 63

46.7 58.9 93.6 119 150 190 239 301 358 429 501 573 716 791 863 935 1005 1080 1150 1295 1440 1725 1800 2015 2155 2325 2470 2540 2615

1 3 0
164 207

80
102 127 161 203 242 287 337 385 482 532 581 629 678 725 774 869 967 1158 1208 1356 1452 1560 1660 1709 1756

264
334 419 529

U0

U0
310 410
W)

668
795 945 1110 1265 1585 1750 1910 2070 2230 2385 2545

300
350

400
450 433 500 550 600 650 700 750

259 22.3 0.876 37x7 1.06 259 37x7 427 61x7 427 61x7 61x7 427 427 427 427 427 427 61x7 61x7 61x7 61x7 61x7

644 2120 1425

2355
.

2600 2840
3075 3310 3545 3785 4255 4730 5675 5910 6620 7095 7640 8115 8355 8595 9550

800 900
loo0

2860
3180 3810 3975
4460

5205 3500 1580 1064 42734.8 1.372 61x71.29 1100 61x7 1200 427 1250 427 61x7 6150 4135 1870 3.257 427 37.8 1.490 61x7 1.40 1300 1400 61x7 427

m
1600 1700 1750 1800

427 703 703 703 703

61x7 37x19 37x19 37x19 37x19

4775 5130 5460 5620 5775

9070 6100 2760 1854 703 46.2 37x19 1.820 1.32 52.0 1900 2905 1950 703 47.4 37x19 1.866 1.35 53.3 2OOo

6415

NOTE-Rope-lay aluminum Class G conductorsare not recommended insizes 8 AWG and smaller and individual aluminum wires in stranded conductorsshould not be smaller than 24 AWG. Authorized Engineering Information 7-14-1982.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

KEA S-66-524

WC 7-1988 Page 107

Table L-5 Rope-Lay Aluminum andCopper Conductors, Class H

ConducApkcmil of Suggesfed Approximate Diameter
mlls

of

Approximate Approximale

Weigh(

sirands
133 133 133 133 133 133 133 259 259 259 259 259 427 259 427 427 427 427 427 427 427 703 703 703 703 703 703 703 703 703 703 703 703 703 703 1159 1159 1159 1159 1159 1159 19x7 19x7 19x7 19x7 19x7 19x7 19x7 37x7 37x 7 37x7 37x7 37x7 61x7 37x7 61x7 61x7 61x7 61x7 61x7 61x7 61x7 37x 19 37x 19 37x 19 37x 19 37x 19 37X 19 37x 19 37x 19 37x 19 37X 19 37X 19 37x 19 37x 19 37x 19 61x 19 61x 19 61x 19 61x 19 61x 19 61x19

mm

inches

mm

Pounds per lo00 Feet

g/m

Poundsper LOO0 Feel

g/m

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 2 1 110

1 1 . 1

12.5 14.0 15.8 17.7 19.9 22.3 16.0 18.0 20.2 22.7 25.5 19.8 28.6 22.3 24.2 26.5 28.6 30.6 32.5 34.2 28.0 29.2 30.4 31.6 32.7 33.7 35.8 37.7 39.6 41.3 42.2 43.0 44.6 46.2 37.2 38.3 38.9 39.4 40.5 41.5

0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.45 0.51 0.57 0.41 0.46 0.51 0.58 0.65 0.50 0.73 0.57 0.61 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.71 0.74 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.91 O.% 1.01 1.05 1.07 1.09 1.13 1.17 0.94 0.97

0.167 0.188 0.210 0.237 0.266 0.299 0.335 0.336 0.378 0.424 0,477 0.536 0.535 0.601 0.602 0.653 0.716 0.772 0.826 0.878
0.923 0.980 1.022 1.064 1.106

4.24 4.78 5.33 6.02 6.76 7.59 8.51 8.53 9.60 10.8
1 2 . 1 13.6 13.6 15.3 15.3

... ...
... ... ...
a..

... ... ... ...

94.5

...

52 65 82 105 132 167

77.4 97.5 123 155 1 % 247 311 312 394 497 626 790 794 996 1000 1180 1420 1655 1890 2130 2365 2625 2865 3105 3340 3580 3820 4295 4775 5250 5730 5970 6205 6685 7160 7640 8115 8355 8595 9070 9550

63

...

102 128 162

... ...

...
m..

208
210

266
334 422 533 532 670 675 795 953 110 1270 1435 1590 1770 1920 2085 2255 2410 2560 2895 3205 3535 3845 4015 4170 4485 4815 5145 5455 5625 5770 6100 6400

1 5 1

U0
310 310 410 410
W]

190

...

240

...

204
205 242 290 337

303 304

300
350

400
450

16.6 18.2 19.6 21.0 22.3 23.4 24.9 26.0 27.0 28.1 29.1 30.0 31.8 33.5 35.2 36.7 37.5 38.2 39.6 41.1 42.5 43.8 44.5 45.0 46.3 47.4

360
431 503 575 647 719 798 871 944 1015 1090 1160 1305 1450 1595 1740 1815 1885 2035 2180 2325 2470 2540 2615 2760 2905

386
436 483 538 584 634 686 733 778 880 974 1075 1169 1221

500
550 600 650 700 750

800
900 lo00 1100
1200 1 w )

1.145 1.180 1.253 1.320 1.386 1.446 1.477 1.505 1.561 1.617 1.674 1.724 1.751 1.773 1.823 1.868

1 3 0 0
1400

1 2 6 8
1363 1 4 6 4 1564 1658 1710 1754 1854 1946

1 5 0 0
1600 1700 1750 1800 1900

0.99
1.00 1.03 1.05

NOTE-Individual aluminumw i r e si n stranded conductors should not be smaller 24 than AWG.

Authorized Engineering Information 7-14-1982.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1988 Page 108

ICEA S-66-524

Table L-6 Aluminum and Copper Conductors, Class I Each Individual Strand24 AWG, 0.0201 Inch (0.511 mm)
Approximale Approximate Suggested Conductor Approximate Weight Outside Size, AWG or Co&%uction Nmber of kcmil Strands
" "
I

Diameter Copper inches mm

Aluminum Pounds per lo00 Feet glm Pounds per lo00 Feet

dm
48.3 61.3 76.1 %.5 119 159 199 252 305 397 508 654 799 1015 1230 1420 1700 1890 2175 2365 2645 2835 3110 3365 3625 3885 4405 4920

10 9 8 7 6

1x26 1x33 1x41 1x52 7x9 7 x 12 7 x 15 7 x 19 7x23 7x30 19x 14 19x 18 19X 22 19x28 7x7~13 7x7~15 7x7~18 7X7X20 7x7~23 7x7~25 7X7X28 7X7X30 19x7~12 19X7X13 19X7X14 19X7X15 19x7~17 19X7X19 19x7~21 19x7~22 19x7~23 19X7X24 19X7X26 19X7X28 19x7~30 19X7X32 19x7~33 19x7~34 19x7~36 19x7~37

26 33 41 52 63 84 105 133 161 210

0.125 0.138 0.156 0.185 0.207 0.235 0.263 0.291 0.319 0.367 0.441 0.500 0.549 0.613 0.682 0.737 0.800 0.831 0.894 0.941 0.980 1.027 1.152 1.194 1.235 1.290 1.372 1,427 1.495 1.537 1.564 1.605 1.674 1.715 1.797 1.852 1.880 1.921 1.976 2.003

3.18 3.51 3.96 4.70 5.26 5.97 6.68 7.39 8.10 9.32 11.2 12.7 13.9 15.6 17.3 18.7 20.3 21.1 22.7 23.9 24.9 26.1 29.3 30.3 31.4 32.8 34.8 36.2 38.0 39.0 39.7 40.8 42.5 43.6 45.6 47.0 47.8
48.8

16 20 24

... ...

...

23.1 29.3 36.3 48.3 60.4 76.5 92.7 121 155 199 243

...

32.5 41 51 65 80 105 134 169 205 267 342 439 537 683 825 955 1145 1270 1460 1590 1780 1905 2090 2260 2435 2610 2965 3305 3655 3830
4Ooo 4175 4560 4875 5220

5 4 3 2
1

32 41 51 62 81 104 133 163 208 251 290

U0 U0
310 410 250

266
342 418 532 637 735 882 980 1127 1225 1372 1470 1596 1729 1862 1995 2261 2527 2793 2926 3059 3192 3458 3724 3990 4256 4389 4522 4788 4921

309
374 431 517 575 661 ,719 805 862 945 1025 1100 1180 1340 1495 1655 1730 1810 1890 2045 2205 2360 2520 2600 2675 2835 2915

300
350

400
450 500

348 386 444

483 541 579 635 687 740 793 901 1005 1 1 1 1 1164 1216 1269

550 600 650 700 750

800
900 lo00 1100 1200
1250

5440
5700 5955 6215 6735 7250 7770 82% 8545 8805 9325 9585

1 3 0 0
1400 1500 1600 1700 1750 1800 1900 2OOo

1 3 8 6
1482 1587 1693 1746 1800 1905 1958

50.2 50.9

5570 5745 5920 6265 6440

NOTE-Aluminum Class I conductors are not recommended in sizes 8 AWG and smaller.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1988
ICEA S-66-524

Page 109

Table L-7 Copper Conductors, Class K Each Individual Strand 30 AWG, 0.0100 Inch (0.254 mm)
Conductor Size, AWG or kcmil

Suggested
Construclion

Approximate Approximate Outside Number of Strands

Diameter Inches

Approximate Weight

mm

Pounds perl000
Feet

dm

20 18 16 14

l x 10 l x 16
1x26 1x41 1x65

12
i

10 16 26 41 65 104 133 168 210

0.038
0.048

0.060 0.078 0.101

0.126 0.150 0.157 0.179 0.210 0.235 0.272 0.304 0.338 0.397 0.451 0.470 0.533 0.627 0.682 0.768 0.809 0.878 0.933 0.988 1.056 1.125 1.166 1.207 1.276 1.305 1.323 1.419

0.97 1.22 1.52 1.98 2.57 3.20 3.81 3.99 4.55 5.33 5.97 6.91 7.72 8.59 10.1 11.5 11.9 13.5 15.9 17.3 19.5

3.2 5.0 8.0 12.8 20.3 32.5 42 53 66 84 106 132 169 211 266 338 425 535 676 802 960 1120 1290 1465 1635 1765 1940 2110 2240 2455 2585 2935 3270

4.59 7.35 11.9 18.8 29.9 47.8 62.3 78.7 98.4 125 157 197 252 315 395 503 632 795 1005 1195 1425 1665 1925 2180 2435 2630 2885 3140 3335 3655 3845 4370 4870

10 9 8 7 6

l x 104
7 x 19 7x24 7x30 7x38 7x48 7x60 19x28 19x35 19x44 19x 56 7x7~27 7X7X34 7X7X43 7x7~51 7X7X61 19X7X26 19X7X30 19x7~34 19X7X38 19X7X41 19X7X45 19x7~49 19x7~52 19x7~57 19x7~60 37X7X35 37X7X39

266
336 420 532 665 836 1064 1323 1666 2107 2499 2989 3458 3990 4522 5054 5453 5985 6517 6916 7581 7980

5
4 3 2 1 110

U0
310 410 250

300
350

20.5
22.3 23.7 25.1 26.8 28.6 29.6 30.7 32.4 33.1 33.6 36.0

400
450 500

550 600
650 700 750
9

800
900 lo00

9065
10101

Authorized Engineering Information 7-14-1982.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

WC 7-1988 Page 110

ICEA S-66-524

Table L-8 Copper Conductors, Class M Each Individual Strand34 AWG, 0.0063 Inch (0.160 mm)
Conductor She, A W G or kcmll
Suggested

Construction Number

Approximate Approximate of Strands

Outside Diameter Approximate inches mm Pounds per l o o 0 Feet

Weight dm

20
18 16 14 12 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
1

1x26 1x41 1x65 l x 104 7x24 7x37 7x48 7x60 19x28 19x35 19x44 19x56 7X7X27 7X7X34 7X7X43 7X7X54 19X7X25 19X7X32 19X7X40 19x7~48 19x7~57 37X7X34 37X7X39 37X7X44 37X7X49 61x7~32 61X7X35 61X7X38 61x7~41 61x7~44 61X7X47 61X7X53 61x7~59
~~~ ~

26
41 65 104 168 259 336 420 532 665
836 1064 1323 1666 2107

0 . 0 3 8 0.048
0.060 0.078 0.101

0.97 1.22 1.52 1.98 2.57 3.20 3.71 4.11 4.98 5.46 6.10 6.83 7.75 8.56 9.55 10.7 12.9 14.6 16.4 18.1 19.5 21.0 22.9 23.9 25.3 26.3 27.5 28.8 30.0 30.7 31.9 33.8 35.7

3.2 5.0 8.0 12.8 21.0 32.5 42 53 67 84 105 134 169 212

4.74 7.48 11.9 19.0 31.2 48.2 62.5 78.1 100.0

0.126 0.146 0.162 0.1% 0.215

125
157 200 251 316 399 501 636 814 1020 1220 1450 1685 1930 2180 2430 2615

0.240 0.269 0.305 0.337 0.376

0.423 0.508 0.576 0.645 0.713 0.768 0.825 0.901 0.940 0.997 1.035 1.084 1.133 1.183 1.207 1.256 1.331 1.404

268
337 427 547

110 210 310 410 250

2646 3325 4256 5320 6384

684
821 975 1130 1300 1465 1630 1755 1920 2085 2250 2415
2580 2910 32.40

300
350

400
450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800

7581 8806 10101 11396 12691 13664 14945 16226 17507 18788 20069 22631 25193

2860
3105 3350 3595

900
lo00

3840 4330 4820

' i

Authorized Engineering Information 7-14-1982,

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services

NEMA STANDARDIZATION
The purpose of NEMA Standards, their classification and status, are set forth in certain clauses of the NEMA Standardization Policies and Procedures manual and are referenced below.

Purpose of Standards
National Electrical Manufacturers Association standardsare adopted in the public interest and are designed to eliminate misunderstandings between the manufacturer and the purchaser and to assist purchasers in selecting and obtaining the proper product for their particular needs. Existence of a National Electrical Manufacturers Association standard does not in any respect preclude any member or nonmember from manufacturing or selling products not conforming to the standard. (Standardization Policies and Procedures, p . I )

Definition of a Standard
A standard of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association defines a product, process, or procedure with reference to one or more of the following: nomenclature, composition, construction, dimensions, tolerances, safety, operating characteristics, performance, rating, testing, and the service for which they are designed. (Standardization Policies and Procedures, p . 2)

Dimensions
Where dimensions are given for interchangeability purposes, alternate dimensions satisfying the other provisions of the Standards Publication may be capable of otherwise equivalent performance. (Standardization Policies and Procedures, p . 8)

Categories of Standards

National Electrical Manufacturers Association Standards are of two classes: 1. NEMA Standard, which relates to a product, process, or procedure commercially standardized and subject to repetitive manufacture, which standard has been approved by at least 90 percent of the members of the Subdivision eligible to vote thereon; 2. Suggested Standard for Future Design, which may not have been regularly applied to a commercial product, but which suggests a sound engineering approach to future development, which standard has been approved by at least two-thirds of the members of the Subdivision eligible to vote thereon. (Standardization Policies and Procedures, pp. 7 & 16)

Authorized Engineering Information

Authorized Engineering Information consists of explanatory data andother engineering information of an informative character not falling within the classification of NEMA Standard or Suggested Standard for Future Design, which standard has been approved by at least two-thirds of the members of the Subdivision eligible to vote on the standard. (Standardization Policies and Procedures, pp. 7 & 16)

Official Standards Proposal

An Official Standards Proposal is an official draft of a proposed standard which is formally recommended to an outside organization(s) for consideration, comment, and/or approval, and which has been approved by at least 90 percent of the members of the Subdivision eligible to vote thereon. (Standardization Policies and Procedures, pp. 7 & 14)

Identification of Status

Standards in NEMA Standards Publications are identified in the foreword or following each standard as NEMA Standard or Suggested Standard for Future Design. These indicate the status of the standard. These words are followed by a date which indicates when the standard was adopted in its present form by the Association. The material identified as Authorized Engineering Information and Official Standards Proposal is designated similarly.
September I I , 1989

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association Licensed by Information Handling Services